binutils/testsuite/
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
40b36596 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81
NC
105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 107
0285c67d 108Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 109under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
110or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
111with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
112Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 113section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
114
115@c man end
0e9517a9 116@end copying
252b5132
RH
117
118@titlepage
119@title Using @value{AS}
120@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
121@ifclear GENERIC
122@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
123@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
124@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
125@sp 1
126@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
127@end ifset
252b5132
RH
128@sp 1
129@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
130@sp 1
131@sp 13
b45619c0 132The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 133Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 134first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
135The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
136distracting the boss while they got some work
137done.
138@sp 3
139@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
140@page
141@tex
142{\parskip=0pt
143\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
144\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
145}
146%"boxit" macro for figures:
147%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
148\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
149 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
150#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
151\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
152@end tex
153
154@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81
NC
155Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
1562000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 157
cf055d54 158 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 159 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
160 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
161 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
162 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 163 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 164
252b5132 165@end titlepage
4ecceb71 166@contents
252b5132 167
2e64b665 168@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
169@node Top
170@top Using @value{AS}
171
e49e529d
JM
172This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
173@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
174@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
175@end ifset
176version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 177@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 178This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
179code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
180@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
181
182This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
183Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 184section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 185
252b5132
RH
186@menu
187* Overview:: Overview
188* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
189* Syntax:: Syntax
190* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
191* Symbols:: Symbols
192* Expressions:: Expressions
193* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
194@ifset ELF
195* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
196@end ifset
252b5132
RH
197* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
198* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
199* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 200* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 201* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 202@end menu
2e64b665 203@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
204
205@node Overview
206@chapter Overview
207@iftex
a4fb0134 208This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 209@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 210This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
211code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
212@end ifclear
213@end iftex
214
215@cindex invocation summary
216@cindex option summary
217@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 218Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 219see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 220
0285c67d
NC
221@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
222
a4fb0134 223@ignore
0285c67d
NC
224@c man begin SEEALSO
225gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
226@c man end
a4fb0134 227@end ignore
0285c67d 228
252b5132
RH
229@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
230@c to be limited to one line for the header.
231@smallexample
0285c67d 232@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 233@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 234 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 235 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
237 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
238 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
239 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
240 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
241 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
243 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
244 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
245 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
246@c
247@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 248@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
249@ifset ALPHA
250
251@emph{Target Alpha options:}
252 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
253 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 254 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
255 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
256 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
257@end ifset
252b5132 258@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
259
260@emph{Target ARC options:}
261 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
262 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
263@end ifset
264@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
265
266@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 267@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
268 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
269 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
270 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
271 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 272 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 273 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
274 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
275 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
276 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 277 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 278@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
279@ifset Blackfin
280
281@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
283 [@b{-mfdpic}]
284 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
285 [@b{-mnopic}]
286@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
287@ifset CRIS
288
289@emph{Target CRIS options:}
290 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
291 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
292 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 293 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
294@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
295@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
296@end ifset
252b5132 297@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
298
299@emph{Target D10V options:}
300 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
301@end ifset
302@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
303
304@emph{Target D30V options:}
305 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
306@end ifset
307@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
308
309@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
310 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
311@end ifset
312@ifset HPPA
313@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
314@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
315@ifset I80386
316
317@emph{Target i386 options:}
12b55ccc 318 [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 319 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
322
323@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 324@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
325 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
326 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
327 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 328@end ifset
587fe2b3 329@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 330
9e32ca89
NC
331@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
332 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
333 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
334 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 335 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 336 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 337 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
338 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
339@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
340@ifset IP2K
341
342@emph{Target IP2K options:}
343 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
344@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
345@ifset M32C
346
347@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 348 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 349@end ifset
587fe2b3 350@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 351
a4fb0134
SC
352@emph{Target M32R options:}
353 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 354 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 355@end ifset
252b5132 356@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
357
358@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
359 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 360@end ifset
60bcf0fa 361@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
362
363@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 364 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
365 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
366 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 367 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
368 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
369 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
370@end ifset
371@ifset MCORE
372
373@emph{Target MCORE options:}
374 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
375 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 376@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
377@ifset MICROBLAZE
378@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
379@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
380@end ifset
252b5132 381@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
382
383@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 384 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 385 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 386 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
387 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
388 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 389 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 390 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
391 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
392 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 393 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 394 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 395 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 396 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 397 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 398 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 399 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
2babba43
MR
400 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
401 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
402 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 403 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 404 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
405@end ifset
406@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
407
408@emph{Target MMIX options:}
409 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
410 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
411 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 412 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
413@end ifset
414@ifset PDP11
415
416@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
417 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
418 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 419 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
420@end ifset
421@ifset PJ
422
423@emph{Target picoJava options:}
424 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
425@end ifset
426@ifset PPC
427
428@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
429 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
2f3bb96a 430 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}]
9b4e5766 431 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
432 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
433 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
434 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
435 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
436@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
437@ifset RX
438
439@emph{Target RX options:}
440 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
441 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
442 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
443@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
444@ifset S390
445
446@emph{Target s390 options:}
447 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
448 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
449 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
450@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
451@ifset SCORE
452
453@emph{Target SCORE options:}
454 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
455 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
456 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
457 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
458@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
459@ifset SPARC
460
461@emph{Target SPARC options:}
462@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
463 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
464 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
465 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
466 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
467@end ifset
468@ifset TIC54X
469
470@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 471 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
472 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
473@end ifset
3c9b82ba 474
40b36596
JM
475@ifset TIC6X
476
477@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
478 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-matomic}|@b{-mno-atomic}]
b5593623 479 [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}] [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}]
87779176 480 [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}] [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596
JM
481@end ifset
482
3c9b82ba
NC
483@ifset Z80
484
485@emph{Target Z80 options:}
486 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
487 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
488 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
489 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
490 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
491 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
492 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
493@end ifset
494
a4fb0134
SC
495@ifset Z8000
496@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 497@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
498@ifset XTENSA
499
500@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
43cd72b9 501 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
e0001a05 502 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
43cd72b9 503 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
9456465c 504 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
e0001a05 505@end ifset
0285c67d 506@c man end
252b5132
RH
507@end smallexample
508
0285c67d
NC
509@c man begin OPTIONS
510
a4fb0134 511@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 512@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 513
83f10cb2 514@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
515Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
516
a4fb0134 517@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
518@item -ac
519omit false conditionals
520
521@item -ad
522omit debugging directives
523
83f10cb2
NC
524@item -ag
525include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
526
252b5132
RH
527@item -ah
528include high-level source
529
530@item -al
531include assembly
532
533@item -am
534include macro expansions
535
536@item -an
537omit forms processing
538
539@item -as
540include symbols
541
542@item =file
543set the name of the listing file
544@end table
545
546You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
547listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
548the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
549
caa32fe5 550@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
551Begin in alternate macro mode.
552@ifclear man
553@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
554@end ifclear
caa32fe5 555
955974c6
CC
556@item --compress-debug-sections
557Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
558to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
559compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
560
561@item --nocompress-debug-sections
562Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
563
252b5132
RH
564@item -D
565Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
566other assemblers.
567
3d6b762c
JM
568@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
569When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
570information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
571
252b5132
RH
572@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
573Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
574@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
575indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
576value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
577use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
578
579@item -f
580``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
581compiler output).
582
329e276d
NC
583@item -g
584@itemx --gen-debug
585Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
586debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
587ECOFF or DWARF2.
588
252b5132
RH
589@item --gstabs
590Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
591may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
592
05da4302
NC
593@item --gstabs+
594Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
595extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
596debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
597may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
598the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
599
329e276d 600@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 601Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 602may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 603option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 604
252b5132
RH
605@item --help
606Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
607
ea20a7da
CC
608@item --target-help
609Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
610
252b5132
RH
611@item -I @var{dir}
612Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
613
614@item -J
615Don't warn about signed overflow.
616
617@item -K
618@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
619This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
620@end ifclear
621@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
622Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
623@end ifset
624
625@item -L
626@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
627Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
628system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
629or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
630@ifclear man
631@xref{Symbol Names}.
632@end ifclear
252b5132 633
c3a27914
NC
634@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
635Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
636listing to @var{number}.
637
638@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
639Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
640lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
641
642@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
643Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
644@var{number} bytes.
645
646@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
647Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
648to @var{number} + 1.
649
252b5132 650@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 651Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
652
653@item -R
654Fold the data section into the text section.
655
4bdd3565
NC
656@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
657Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
658@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
659assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
660memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
661requirements at the expense of speed.
662
663@item --reduce-memory-overheads
664This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
665assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
666@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
667
252b5132
RH
668@item --statistics
669Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
670assembly.
671
672@item --strip-local-absolute
673Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
674
675@item -v
676@itemx -version
a4fb0134 677Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
678
679@item --version
a4fb0134 680Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
681
682@item -W
2bdd6cf5 683@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
684Suppress warning messages.
685
2bdd6cf5
GK
686@item --fatal-warnings
687Treat warnings as errors.
688
689@item --warn
690Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
691
252b5132
RH
692@item -w
693Ignored.
694
695@item -x
696Ignored.
697
698@item -Z
699Generate an object file even after errors.
700
701@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
702Standard input, or source files to assemble.
703
704@end table
705
706@ifset ARC
707The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
708an ARC processor.
709
a4fb0134 710@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
711@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
712This option selects the core processor variant.
713@item -EB | -EL
714Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
715@end table
716@end ifset
717
718@ifset ARM
719The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
720processor family.
721
a4fb0134 722@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 723@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 724Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 725@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 726Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 727@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 728Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
729@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
730Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
731@item -mthumb
732Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 733@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
734Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
735@item -EB | -EL
736Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
737@item -mthumb-interwork
738Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
739ARM code in mind.
740@item -k
741Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
742@end table
743@end ifset
744
9982501a
JZ
745@ifset Blackfin
746The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
747the Blackfin processor family.
748
749@table @gcctabopt
750@item -mcpu=@var{processor}@r{[}-@var{sirevision}@r{]}
751This option specifies the target processor. The optional @var{sirevision}
752is not used in assembler.
753@item -mfdpic
754Assemble for the FDPIC ABI.
1f9bb1ca
AS
755@item -mno-fdpic
756@itemx -mnopic
9982501a
JZ
757Disable -mfdpic.
758@end table
759@end ifset
760
328eb32e
HPN
761@ifset CRIS
762See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
763@end ifset
764
252b5132
RH
765@ifset D10V
766The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
767a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 768@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
769@cindex D10V optimization
770@cindex optimization, D10V
771@item -O
772Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
773@end table
774@end ifset
775
776@ifset D30V
777The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
778processor.
a4fb0134 779@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
780@cindex D30V optimization
781@cindex optimization, D30V
782@item -O
783Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
784
785@cindex D30V nops
786@item -n
787Warn when nops are generated.
788
789@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
790@item -N
791Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
792@end table
793@end ifset
794
795@ifset I960
796The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
797Intel 80960 processor.
798
a4fb0134 799@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
800@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
801Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
802
803@item -b
804Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
805
806@item -no-relax
807Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
808error if necessary.
809
810@end table
811@end ifset
812
a40cbfa3
NC
813@ifset IP2K
814The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 815Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
816
817@table @gcctabopt
818
819@item -mip2022ext
820Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
821
822@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 823Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
824just the basic IP2022 ones.
825
826@end table
827@end ifset
828
49f58d10
JB
829@ifset M32C
830The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
831Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
832
833@table @gcctabopt
834
835@item -m32c
836Assemble M32C instructions.
837
838@item -m16c
839Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
840
c54b5932
DD
841@item -relax
842Enable support for link-time relaxations.
843
844@item -h-tick-hex
845Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
846
49f58d10
JB
847@end table
848@end ifset
849
ec694b89
NC
850@ifset M32R
851The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 852Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 853
a4fb0134 854@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
855
856@item --m32rx
857Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
858is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
859
860@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
861Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 862encountered.
ec694b89
NC
863
864@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
865Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
866encountered.
ec694b89
NC
867
868@end table
869@end ifset
252b5132
RH
870
871@ifset M680X0
872The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
873Motorola 68000 series.
874
a4fb0134 875@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
876
877@item -l
878Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
879
0285c67d
NC
880@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
881@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
882@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
883Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
884is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
885
886@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
887The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
888The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
889the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
890two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
891coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
892
893@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
894The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
895unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
896
897@end table
898@end ifset
899
e135f41b
NC
900@ifset PDP11
901
902For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
903see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
904
a4fb0134 905@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
906@item -mpic | -mno-pic
907Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 908default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
909
910@item -mall
911@itemx -mall-extensions
912Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
913
914@item -mno-extensions
915Disable all instruction set extensions.
916
917@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
918Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
919
920@item -m@var{cpu}
921Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
922disable all other extensions.
923
924@item -m@var{machine}
925Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
926model, and disable all other extensions.
927@end table
928
929@end ifset
930
041dd5a9
ILT
931@ifset PJ
932The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
933a picoJava processor.
934
a4fb0134 935@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
936
937@cindex PJ endianness
938@cindex endianness, PJ
939@cindex big endian output, PJ
940@item -mb
941Generate ``big endian'' format output.
942
943@cindex little endian output, PJ
944@item -ml
945Generate ``little endian'' format output.
946
947@end table
948@end ifset
949
60bcf0fa
NC
950@ifset M68HC11
951The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
952Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
953
a4fb0134 954@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 955
d01030e6 956@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
957Specify what processor is the target. The default is
958defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
959
2f904664
SC
960@item -mshort
961Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
962
963@item -mlong
01642c12 964Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
965
966@item -mshort-double
01642c12 967Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
968
969@item -mlong-double
01642c12 970Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 971
1370e33d 972@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
973Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
974conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
975sub routine.
976
1370e33d
NC
977@item -S | --short-branches
978Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
979when the offset is out of range.
980
981@item --strict-direct-mode
982Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
983when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
984
985@item --print-insn-syntax
986Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
987
988@item --print-opcodes
989print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
990
991@item --generate-example
992print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 993This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
994
995@end table
996@end ifset
997
252b5132 998@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 999The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1000for the SPARC architecture:
1001
a4fb0134 1002@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1003@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1004@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1005Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1006
1007@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1008@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1009
1010@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1011UltraSPARC extensions.
1012
1013@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1014For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1015equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1016
1017@item -bump
1018Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1019@end table
1020@end ifset
1021
39bec121
TW
1022@ifset TIC54X
1023The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1024architecture.
39bec121 1025
a4fb0134 1026@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1027@item -mfar-mode
1028Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1029extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1030@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1031Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1032@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1033Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1034behaviour in the shell.
1035@end table
1036@end ifset
1037
252b5132
RH
1038@ifset MIPS
1039The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1040a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1041
a4fb0134 1042@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1043@item -G @var{num}
1044This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1045implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1046use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1047
1048@cindex MIPS endianness
1049@cindex endianness, MIPS
1050@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1051@item -EB
1052Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1053
1054@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1055@item -EL
1056Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1057
1058@cindex MIPS ISA
1059@item -mips1
1060@itemx -mips2
1061@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1062@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1063@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1064@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1065@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1066@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1067@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1068Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1069@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1070alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1071@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1072@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1073@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1074correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1075@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1076and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1077ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1078
1079@item -march=@var{CPU}
1080Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1081
1082@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1083Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1084
1085@item -mfix7000
1086@itemx -mno-fix7000
1087Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1088of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1089
ecb4347a
DJ
1090@item -mdebug
1091@itemx -no-mdebug
1092Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1093section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1094
dcd410fe
RO
1095@item -mpdr
1096@itemx -mno-pdr
1097Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1098
437ee9d5
TS
1099@item -mgp32
1100@itemx -mfp32
1101The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1102flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1103all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1104and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1105
1106@item -mips16
1107@itemx -no-mips16
1108Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1109@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1110turns off this option.
252b5132 1111
e16bfa71
TS
1112@item -msmartmips
1113@itemx -mno-smartmips
1114Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1115equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1116@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1117
1f25f5d3
CD
1118@item -mips3d
1119@itemx -no-mips3d
1120Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1121This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1122@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1123
deec1734
CD
1124@item -mdmx
1125@itemx -no-mdmx
1126Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1127This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1128@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1129
2ef2b9ae
CF
1130@item -mdsp
1131@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1132Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1133This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1134@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1135
8b082fb1
TS
1136@item -mdspr2
1137@itemx -mno-dspr2
1138Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1139This option implies -mdsp.
1140This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1141@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1142
ef2e4d86
CF
1143@item -mmt
1144@itemx -mno-mt
1145Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1146This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1147@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1148
437ee9d5
TS
1149@item --construct-floats
1150@itemx --no-construct-floats
1151The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1152double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1153value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1154the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1155selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1156
1157@cindex emulation
1158@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1159This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1160for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1161between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1162debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1163endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1164@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1165@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1166of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1167the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1168in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1169selection in any case.
1170
1171This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1172@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1173Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1174@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1175the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1176configuration includes support for both.
1177
1178Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1179fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1180more processors.
1181
1182@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1183@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1184the native tools.
1185
252b5132
RH
1186@item --trap
1187@itemx --no-trap
1188@itemx --break
1189@itemx --no-break
1190Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1191@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1192(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1193@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1194break exception.
63486801
L
1195
1196@item -n
a4fb0134 1197When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1198time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1199@end table
1200@end ifset
1201
1202@ifset MCORE
1203The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1204an MCore processor.
1205
a4fb0134 1206@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1207@item -jsri2bsr
1208@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1209Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1210The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1211
1212@item -sifilter
1213@itemx -nosifilter
1214Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1215The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1216
1217@item -relax
1218Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1219
ec694b89
NC
1220@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1221Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1222can be assembled.
1223
1224@item -EB
1225Assemble for a big endian target.
1226
1227@item -EL
1228Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1229
1230@end table
1231@end ifset
1232
3c3bdf30
NC
1233@ifset MMIX
1234See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1235@end ifset
1236
046d31c2
NC
1237@ifset RX
1238See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1239@end ifset
1240
11c19e16
MS
1241@ifset S390
1242The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1243processor family.
1244
1245@table @gcctabopt
1246@item -m31
1247@itemx -m64
1248Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1249@item -mesa
1250@item -mzarch
1251Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1252Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1253@item -march=@var{processor}
1254Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1255@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1256@item -mregnames
1257@itemx -mno-regnames
1258Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1259@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1260Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1261but evaluates to zero.
1262@end table
1263@end ifset
1264
40b36596
JM
1265@ifset TIC6X
1266The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1267TMS320C6000 processor.
1268
1269@table @gcctabopt
1270@item -march=@var{arch}
1271Enable (only) instructions from architecture @var{arch}. By default,
1272all instructions are permitted.
1273
1274The following values of @var{arch} are accepted: @code{c62x},
1275@code{c64x}, @code{c64x+}, @code{c67x}, @code{c67x+}, @code{c674x}.
1276
1277@item -matomic
1278@itemx -mno-atomic
1279Enable or disable the optional C64x+ atomic operation instructions.
1280By default, they are enabled if no @option{-march} option is given, or
1281if an architecture is specified with @option{-march} that implies
1282these instructions are present (currently, there are no such
1283architectures); they are disabled if an architecture is specified with
1284@option{-march} on which the instructions are optional or not
1285present. This option overrides such a default from the architecture,
1286independent of the order in which the @option{-march} or
1287@option{-matomic} or @option{-mno-atomic} options are passed.
1288
b5593623
JM
1289@item -mdsbt
1290@itemx -mno-dsbt
1291The @option{-mdsbt} option causes the assembler to generate the
1292@code{Tag_ABI_DSBT} attribute with a value of 1, indicating that the
1293code is using DSBT addressing. The @option{-mno-dsbt} option, the
1294default, causes the tag to have a value of 0, indicating that the code
1295does not use DSBT addressing. The linker will emit a warning if
1296objects of different type (DSBT and non-DSBT) are linked together.
1297
87779176
JM
1298@item -mpid=no
1299@itemx -mpid=near
1300@itemx -mpid=far
1301The @option{-mpid=} option causes the assembler to generate the
1302@code{Tag_ABI_PID} attribute with a value indicating the form of data
1303addressing used by the code. @option{-mpid=no}, the default,
1304indicates position-dependent data addressing, @option{-mpid=near}
1305indicates position-independent addressing with GOT accesses using near
1306DP addressing, and @option{-mpid=far} indicates position-independent
1307addressing with GOT accesses using far DP addressing. The linker will
1308emit a warning if objects built with different settings of this option
1309are linked together.
1310
1311@item -mpic
1312@itemx -mno-pic
1313The @option{-mpic} option causes the assembler to generate the
1314@code{Tag_ABI_PIC} attribute with a value of 1, indicating that the
1315code is using position-independent code addressing, The
1316@code{-mno-pic} option, the default, causes the tag to have a value of
13170, indicating position-dependent code addressing. The linker will
1318emit a warning if objects of different type (position-dependent and
1319position-independent) are linked together.
1320
40b36596
JM
1321@item -mbig-endian
1322@itemx -mlittle-endian
1323Generate code for the specified endianness. The default is
1324little-endian.
1325@end table
1326
1327@end ifset
1328
e0001a05
NC
1329@ifset XTENSA
1330The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1331an Xtensa processor.
1332
1333@table @gcctabopt
e0001a05
NC
1334@item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
1335With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
1336in the text section. The default is
1337@option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
43cd72b9
BW
1338separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
1339referenced via PC-relative @code{L32R} instructions; literals for
1340absolute mode @code{L32R} instructions are handled separately.
1341
1342@item --absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals
1343Indicate to the assembler whether @code{L32R} instructions use absolute
1344or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
1345if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute @code{L32R} addressing
1346option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative @code{L32R} mode can be used.
e0001a05
NC
1347
1348@item --target-align | --no-target-align
1349Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
1350expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
1351
1352@item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
1353Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
1354across a greater range of addresses. The default is
1355@option{--no-@-longcalls}.
43cd72b9
BW
1356
1357@item --transform | --no-transform
1358Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
1359The default is @option{--transform};
1360@option{--no-transform} should be used only in the rare cases when the
1361instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
00e3c476
BW
1362
1363@item --rename-section @var{oldname}=@var{newname}
1364When generating output sections, rename the @var{oldname} section to
1365@var{newname}.
e0001a05
NC
1366@end table
1367@end ifset
1368
3c9b82ba
NC
1369@ifset Z80
1370The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1371a Z80 family processor.
1372@table @gcctabopt
1373@item -z80
1374Assemble for Z80 processor.
1375@item -r800
1376Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1377@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1378@itemx -Wnud
1379Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1380@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1381@itemx -Wnup
1382Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1383@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1384@itemx -Wud
1385Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1386@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1387@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1388Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1389@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1390@itemx -Fud
1391Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1392@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1393@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1394Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1395@end table
1396@end ifset
1397
0285c67d
NC
1398@c man end
1399
252b5132
RH
1400@menu
1401* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1402* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1403* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1404* Command Line:: Command Line
1405* Input Files:: Input Files
1406* Object:: Output (Object) File
1407* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1408@end menu
1409
1410@node Manual
1411@section Structure of this Manual
1412
1413@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1414This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1415@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1416notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1417@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1418
1419@ifclear GENERIC
1420We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1421configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1422@end ifclear
1423@ifset GENERIC
1424This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1425various flavors of the assembler.
1426@end ifset
1427
1428@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1429On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1430to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1431In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1432architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1433mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1434particular architecture.
1435@ifset GENERIC
1436You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1437machine architecture manual for this information.
1438@end ifset
1439@ifclear GENERIC
1440@ifset H8/300
1441For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1442Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1443Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1444@end ifset
252b5132 1445@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1446For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1447see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1448@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1449@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1450@end ifset
1451@ifset Z8000
1452For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1453@end ifset
1454@end ifclear
1455
1456@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1457@ignore
1458Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1459the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1460Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1461computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1462once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1463qualification.
1464
a4fb0134 1465@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1466human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1467computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1468@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1469@end ignore
1470
1471@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1472@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1473@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1474@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1475@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1476@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1477@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1478@c directives).
1479
1480@node GNU Assembler
1481@section The GNU Assembler
1482
0285c67d
NC
1483@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1484
a4fb0134 1485@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1486@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1487This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1488configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1489@end ifclear
1490If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1491should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1492architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1493including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1494@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1495
1496@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1497@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1498@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1499@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1500assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1501machine would assemble.
1502@ifset VAX
1503Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1504@end ifset
1505@ifset M680X0
1506@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1507@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1508This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1509assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1510incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1511@end ifset
1512
0285c67d
NC
1513@c man end
1514
a4fb0134 1515Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1516program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1517@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1518
1519@node Object Formats
1520@section Object File Formats
1521
1522@cindex object file format
1523The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1524object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1525write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1526are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1527Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1528@ifclear GENERIC
1529@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1530For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1531@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1532@end ifclear
1533@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1534@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1535On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1536@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1537@end ifset
1538@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1539On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1540SOM or ELF format object files.
1541@end ifset
1542@end ifclear
1543
1544@node Command Line
1545@section Command Line
1546
1547@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1548
a4fb0134 1549After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1550options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1551before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1552significant.
1553
1554@cindex standard input, as input file
1555@kindex --
1556@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1557explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1558
1559@cindex options, command line
1560Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1561hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1562@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1563option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1564the letter is important. All options are optional.
1565
1566Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1567name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1568with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1569standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1570
1571@smallexample
1572@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1573@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1574@end smallexample
1575
1576@node Input Files
1577@section Input Files
1578
1579@cindex input
1580@cindex source program
1581@cindex files, input
1582We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1583describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1584be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1585doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1586
1587@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1588@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1589The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1590order specified.
1591
0285c67d 1592@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1593Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1594program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1595(The standard input is also a file.)
1596
a4fb0134 1597You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1598names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1599command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1600is taken to be an input file name.
1601
a4fb0134
SC
1602If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1603from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1604may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1605to assemble.
1606
1607Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1608in your command line.
1609
a4fb0134 1610If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1611file.
1612
0285c67d
NC
1613@c man end
1614
252b5132
RH
1615@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1616
1617@cindex input file linenumbers
1618@cindex line numbers, in input files
1619There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1620either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1621number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1622``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1623
1624@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1625to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1626
1627@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1628directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1629error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1630is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1631@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1632@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1633
1634@node Object
1635@section Output (Object) File
1636
1637@cindex object file
1638@cindex output file
1639@kindex a.out
1640@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1641Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1642your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1643is the object file. Its default name is
1644@ifclear BOUT
1645@code{a.out}.
1646@end ifclear
1647@ifset BOUT
1648@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1649@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1650@end ifset
a4fb0134 1651@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1652@end ifset
a4fb0134 1653You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1654object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1655reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1656directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1657possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1658
1659@cindex linker
1660@kindex ld
1661The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1662assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1663the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1664information for the debugger.
1665
1666@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1667@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1668
1669@node Errors
1670@section Error and Warning Messages
1671
0285c67d
NC
1672@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1673
a349d9dd 1674@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1675@cindex warning messages
1676@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1677@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1678file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1679runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1680that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1681grave problem that stops the assembly.
1682
0285c67d
NC
1683@c man end
1684
252b5132
RH
1685@cindex format of warning messages
1686Warning messages have the format
1687
1688@smallexample
1689file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1690@end smallexample
1691
1692@noindent
1693@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1694(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1695(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1696the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1697@ifset GENERIC
1698(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1699@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1700then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1701otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1702message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1703tradition).
1704
1705@cindex format of error messages
1706Error messages have the format
1707@smallexample
1708file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1709@end smallexample
1710The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1711messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1712because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1713
1714@node Invoking
1715@chapter Command-Line Options
1716
1717@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1718This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1719versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1720for options specific
252b5132 1721@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1722to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1723@end ifclear
1724@ifset GENERIC
1725to particular machine architectures.
1726@end ifset
1727
0285c67d
NC
1728@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1729
c1253627 1730If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1731you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1732The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1733by commas. For example:
1734
1735@smallexample
1736gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1737@end smallexample
1738
1739@noindent
1740This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1741standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1742local symbols in the symbol table).
1743
1744Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1745command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1746(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1747precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1748assembler.)
1749
0285c67d
NC
1750@c man end
1751
252b5132 1752@menu
83f10cb2 1753* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1754* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1755* D:: -D for compatibility
1756* f:: -f to work faster
1757* I:: -I for .include search path
1758@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1759* K:: -K for compatibility
1760@end ifclear
1761@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1762* K:: -K for difference tables
1763@end ifset
1764
ba83aca1 1765* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1766* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1767* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1768* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1769* o:: -o to name the object file
1770* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1771* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1772* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1773* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1774* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1775* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1776@end menu
1777
1778@node a
83f10cb2 1779@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1780
1781@kindex -a
1782@kindex -ac
1783@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1784@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1785@kindex -ah
1786@kindex -al
1787@kindex -an
1788@kindex -as
1789@cindex listings, enabling
1790@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1791
1792These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1793@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1794You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1795@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1796@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1797@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1798High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1799@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1800also.
1801
83f10cb2
NC
1802Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1803information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1804
252b5132
RH
1805Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1806which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1807other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1808omitted from the listing.
1809
1810Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1811listing.
1812
1813Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1814listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1815@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1816@code{.sbttl}.
1817The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1818If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1819listing-control directives have no effect.
1820
1821The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1822@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1823
96e9638b
BW
1824Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1825because it
c3a27914
NC
1826is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1827is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1828directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1829stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1830memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1831
caa32fe5
NC
1832@node alternate
1833@section @option{--alternate}
1834
1835@kindex --alternate
1836Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1837
252b5132 1838@node D
a4fb0134 1839@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1840
1841@kindex -D
1842This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1843likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1844@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1845
1846@node f
a4fb0134 1847@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1848
1849@kindex -f
1850@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1851@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1852@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1853(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1854and comment preprocessing on
1855the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1856,Preprocessing}.
1857
1858@quotation
1859@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1860preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1861not work correctly.
1862@end quotation
1863
1864@node I
c1253627 1865@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1866
1867@kindex -I @var{path}
1868@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1869@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1870@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1871Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1872@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1873directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1874many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1875working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1876searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1877specified (left to right) on the command line.
1878
1879@node K
a4fb0134 1880@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1881
1882@kindex -K
1883@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1884On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1885permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1886where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1887generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1888family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1889alteration on other platforms.
1890@end ifclear
1891
1892@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1893@cindex difference tables, warning
1894@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1895@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1896form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1897You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1898is done.
1899@end ifset
1900
1901@node L
ba83aca1 1902@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1903
1904@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1905@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1906Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1907@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1908called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1909such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1910programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1911notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1912such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1913
1914This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1915in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1916@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1917
c3a27914 1918@node listing
a4fb0134 1919@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1920
1921The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1922@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1923hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1924them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1925directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1926@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1927@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1928@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1929
a4fb0134 1930@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1931@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1932@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1933@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1934Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1935dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1936
1937@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1938@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1939@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1940Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1941a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1942the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1943switch is used the default is to one.
1944
1945@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1946@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1947@cindex Width of source line output
1948Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1949alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1950source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1951
1952@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1953@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1954@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1955Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1956displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1957@end table
1958
252b5132 1959@node M
a4fb0134 1960@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1961
1962@kindex -M
1963@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1964The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1965changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1966compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1967configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1968MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1969information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1970arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1971assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1972
1973The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1974depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1975file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1976individually. These are:
1977
1978@itemize @bullet
1979@item global symbols in common section
1980
1981The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1982Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1983common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1984symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1985symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1986
1987@item complex relocations
1988
1989The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1990relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1991are not support by other object file formats.
1992
1993@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1994
1995The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1996This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1997instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1998script.
1999
2000@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2001
2002The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2003name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2004
2005@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2006
2007The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2008address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2009which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2010not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2011assigned within a linker script.
2012@end itemize
2013
2014There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2015@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2016seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2017
2018@itemize @bullet
2019
2020@item EBCDIC strings
2021
2022EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2023
2024@item packed binary coded decimal
2025
2026Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2027and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2028
2029@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2030
2031The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2032
2033@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2034
2035The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2036
2037@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2038
2039The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2040@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2041relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2042these options serve no purpose.
2043
2044@item @code{OPT} list control options
2045
2046The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2047@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2048@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2049
2050@item other @code{OPT} options
2051
2052The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2053@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2054
2055@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2056
2057The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2058@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2059
2060@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2061
2062The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2063
2064@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2065
2066The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2067
2068@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2069
2070The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2071
2072@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2073
2074The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2075
2076@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2077
2078The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2079
2080@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2081
2082The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2083
2084@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2085
2086The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2087
2088@end itemize
2089
2090@node MD
c1253627 2091@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2092
2093@kindex --MD
2094@cindex dependency tracking
2095@cindex make rules
2096
a4fb0134 2097@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2098file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2099dependencies of the main source file.
2100
2101The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2102
2103This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2104
2105@node o
a4fb0134 2106@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2107
2108@kindex -o
2109@cindex naming object file
2110@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2111There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2112default it has the name
2113@ifset GENERIC
2114@ifset I960
2115@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2116@end ifset
2117@ifclear I960
2118@file{a.out}.
2119@end ifclear
2120@end ifset
2121@ifclear GENERIC
2122@ifset I960
2123@file{b.out}.
2124@end ifset
2125@ifclear I960
2126@file{a.out}.
2127@end ifclear
2128@end ifclear
2129You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2130object file a different name.
2131
a4fb0134 2132Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2133existing file of the same name.
2134
2135@node R
a4fb0134 2136@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2137
2138@kindex -R
2139@cindex data and text sections, joining
2140@cindex text and data sections, joining
2141@cindex joining text and data sections
2142@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2143@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2144data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2145the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2146section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2147your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2148appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2149
a4fb0134 2150When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2151address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2152data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2153older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2154
c1253627
NC
2155@ifset COFF-ELF
2156When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2157this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2158@samp{.data}.
2159@end ifset
2160
2161@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2162@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2163@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2164@end ifset
2165
2166@node statistics
a4fb0134 2167@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2168
2169@kindex --statistics
2170@cindex statistics, about assembly
2171@cindex time, total for assembly
2172@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2173Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2174@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2175(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2176seconds).
2177
2178@node traditional-format
c1253627 2179@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2180
2181@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2182For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2183from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2184@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2185
2186For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2187@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2188
2189@node v
a4fb0134 2190@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2191
2192@kindex -v
2193@kindex -version
2194@cindex assembler version
2195@cindex version of assembler
2196You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2197option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2198command line.
2199
2200@node W
a4fb0134 2201@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2202
a4fb0134 2203@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2204assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2205cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2206made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2207
c1253627
NC
2208@kindex -W
2209@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2210@cindex suppressing warnings
2211@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2212If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2213This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2214how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2215are still reported.
2216
c1253627 2217@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2218@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2219@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2220If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2221files that generate warnings to be in error.
2222
c1253627 2223@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2224@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2225You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2226causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2227
2228@node Z
a4fb0134 2229@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2230@cindex object file, after errors
2231@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2232After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2233some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2234@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2235option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2236writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2237errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2238
2239@node Syntax
2240@chapter Syntax
2241
2242@cindex machine-independent syntax
2243@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2244This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2245source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2246assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2247@ifclear VAX
2248assembler.
2249@end ifclear
2250@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2251assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2252@end ifset
2253
2254@menu
2255* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
2256* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2257* Comments:: Comments
2258* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2259* Statements:: Statements
2260* Constants:: Constants
2261@end menu
2262
2263@node Preprocessing
2264@section Preprocessing
2265
2266@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2267The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2268@itemize @bullet
2269@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2270@item
2271adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2272the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2273a single space.
2274
2275@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2276@item
2277removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2278appropriate number of newlines.
2279
2280@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2281@item
2282converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2283@end itemize
2284
2285It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2286anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2287do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2288(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2289to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2290@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2291Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2292
2293Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2294cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2295preprocessed.
2296
2297@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2298@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2299@kindex #NO_APP
2300@kindex #APP
2301If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2302@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2303Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2304specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2305text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2306@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2307@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2308and whitespace.
2309
2310@node Whitespace
2311@section Whitespace
2312
2313@cindex whitespace
2314@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2315Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2316people to read. Unless within character constants
2317(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2318as exactly one space.
2319
2320@node Comments
2321@section Comments
2322
2323@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2324There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2325cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2326
2327Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2328This means you may not nest these comments.
2329
2330@smallexample
2331/*
2332 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2333 is to use this sort of comment.
2334*/
2335
2336/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2337@end smallexample
2338
2339@cindex line comment character
2340Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
2341is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
252b5132
RH
2342@ifset ARC
2343@samp{;} on the ARC;
2344@end ifset
550262c4
NC
2345@ifset ARM
2346@samp{@@} on the ARM;
2347@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2348@ifset H8/300
2349@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
2350@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2351@ifset HPPA
2352@samp{;} for the HPPA;
2353@end ifset
55b62671
AJ
2354@ifset I80386
2355@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
2356@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2357@ifset I960
2358@samp{#} on the i960;
2359@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
2360@ifset PDP11
2361@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
2362@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
2363@ifset PJ
2364@samp{;} for picoJava;
2365@end ifset
418c1742 2366@ifset PPC
3fb9d77f 2367@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
418c1742 2368@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
2369@ifset S390
2370@samp{#} for IBM S/390;
2371@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
2372@ifset SCORE
2373@samp{#} for the Sunplus SCORE;
2374@end ifset
252b5132 2375@ifset SH
ef230218 2376@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
252b5132
RH
2377@end ifset
2378@ifset SPARC
2379@samp{!} on the SPARC;
2380@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
2381@ifset IP2K
2382@samp{#} on the ip2k;
2383@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
2384@ifset M32C
2385@samp{#} on the m32c;
2386@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2387@ifset M32R
2388@samp{#} on the m32r;
2389@end ifset
2390@ifset M680X0
2391@samp{|} on the 680x0;
2392@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
2393@ifset M68HC11
2394@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
2395@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
2396@ifset RX
2397@samp{#} on the RX;
2398@end ifset
40b36596
JM
2399@ifset TIC6X
2400@samp{;} on the TMS320C6X;
2401@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2402@ifset VAX
2403@samp{#} on the Vax;
2404@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
2405@ifset Z80
2406@samp{;} for the Z80;
2407@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2408@ifset Z8000
2409@samp{!} for the Z8000;
2410@end ifset
2411@ifset V850
2412@samp{#} on the V850;
2413@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
2414@ifset XTENSA
2415@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
2416@end ifset
252b5132 2417see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
81b0b3f1 2418@c FIXME What about i860?
252b5132
RH
2419
2420@ifset GENERIC
2421On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
2422character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
2423a line, while the other always begins a comment.
2424@end ifset
2425
2426@ifset V850
2427The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
2428extends to the end of the line.
2429
2430@samp{--};
2431@end ifset
2432
2433@kindex #
2434@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2435@cindex logical line numbers
2436To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2437special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2438expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2439line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2440new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2441
2442If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2443the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2444
2445@smallexample
2446 # This is an ordinary comment.
2447# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2448 # This is logical line # 36.
2449@end smallexample
2450This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2451of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2452
2453@node Symbol Intro
2454@section Symbols
2455
2456@cindex characters used in symbols
2457@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2458A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2459letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2460@samp{_.$}.
2461@end ifclear
2462@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2463@ifclear GENERIC
2464@ifset H8
2465A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2466letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2467@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2468symbol names.)
2469@end ifset
2470@end ifclear
2471@end ifset
2472@ifset GENERIC
2473On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2474are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2475@end ifset
2476No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2477There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2478delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2479(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2480not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2481@cindex length of symbols
2482
2483@node Statements
2484@section Statements
2485
2486@cindex statements, structure of
2487@cindex line separator character
2488@cindex statement separator character
2489@ifclear GENERIC
2490@ifclear abnormal-separator
2491A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
2492semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
2493the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
2494constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2495@end ifclear
2496@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132 2497@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2498A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
252b5132
RH
2499point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
2500preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
2501constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2502@end ifset
2503@ifset H8
2504A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
7be1c489 2505H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the Renesas-SH) a semicolon
252b5132
RH
2506(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
2507the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
2508constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2509@end ifset
2510@end ifset
2511@end ifclear
2512@ifset GENERIC
2513A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
96e9638b
BW
2514separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless this
2515conflicts with the comment character; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
252b5132
RH
2516newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
2517statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
2518exception: they do not end statements.
2519@end ifset
2520
2521@cindex newline, required at file end
2522@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2523It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2524character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2525
2526An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2527
2528@cindex instructions and directives
2529@cindex directives and instructions
2530@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2531@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2532@c 13feb91.
2533A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2534key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2535symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2536symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2537directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2538a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2539assembles into a machine language instruction.
2540@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2541Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2542recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2543represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2544language.@refill
2545@end ifset
2546
2547@cindex @code{:} (label)
2548@cindex label (@code{:})
2549A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2550Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2551have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2552
2553@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2554For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2555the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2556only one label may be defined on each line.
2557@end ifset
2558
2559@smallexample
2560label: .directive followed by something
2561another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2562 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2563@end smallexample
2564
2565@node Constants
2566@section Constants
2567
2568@cindex constants
2569A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2570inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2571@smallexample
2572@group
2573.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2574.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2575.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2576.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
257795028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2578@end group
2579@end smallexample
2580
2581@menu
2582* Characters:: Character Constants
2583* Numbers:: Number Constants
2584@end menu
2585
2586@node Characters
2587@subsection Character Constants
2588
2589@cindex character constants
2590@cindex constants, character
2591There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2592for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2593numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2594@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2595used in arithmetic expressions.
2596
2597@menu
2598* Strings:: Strings
2599* Chars:: Characters
2600@end menu
2601
2602@node Strings
2603@subsubsection Strings
2604
2605@cindex string constants
2606@cindex constants, string
2607A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2608double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2609into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2610a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2611one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2612@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2613(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2614escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2615
2616@cindex escape codes, character
2617@cindex character escape codes
2618@table @kbd
2619@c @item \a
2620@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2621@c
2622@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2623@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2624@item \b
2625Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2626
2627@c @item \e
2628@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2629@c
2630@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2631@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2632@item \f
2633Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2634
2635@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2636@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2637@item \n
2638Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2639
2640@c @item \p
2641@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2642@c
2643@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2644@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2645@item \r
2646Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2647
2648@c @item \s
2649@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2650@c other assemblers.
2651@c
2652@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2653@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2654@item \t
2655Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2656
2657@c @item \v
2658@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2659@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2660@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2661@c
2662@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2663@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2664@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2665An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2666For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2667for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2668
2669@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2670@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2671@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2672A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2673lower case @code{x} works.
2674
2675@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2676@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2677@item \\
2678Represents one @samp{\} character.
2679
2680@c @item \'
2681@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2682@c This is needed in single character literals
2683@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2684@c a @samp{'}.
2685@c
2686@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2687@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2688@item \"
2689Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2690this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2691
2692@item \ @var{anything-else}
2693Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2694assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2695you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2696interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2697other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2698code and warns you of the fact.
2699@end table
2700
2701Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2702varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2703the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2704compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2705sequence.
2706
2707@node Chars
2708@subsubsection Characters
2709
2710@cindex single character constant
2711@cindex character, single
2712@cindex constant, single character
2713A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2714followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2715to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2716must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2717@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2718grave accent. A newline
2719@ifclear GENERIC
2720@ifclear abnormal-separator
2721(or semicolon @samp{;})
2722@end ifclear
2723@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2724@ifset H8
2725(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2726Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2727@end ifset
2728@end ifset
2729@end ifclear
2730immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2731and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2732constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2733that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2734@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2735
2736@node Numbers
2737@subsection Number Constants
2738
2739@cindex constants, number
2740@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2741@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2742are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2743would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2744integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2745are floating point numbers, described below.
2746
2747@menu
2748* Integers:: Integers
2749* Bignums:: Bignums
2750* Flonums:: Flonums
2751@ifclear GENERIC
2752@ifset I960
2753* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2754@end ifset
2755@end ifclear
2756@end menu
2757
2758@node Integers
2759@subsubsection Integers
2760@cindex integers
2761@cindex constants, integer
2762
2763@cindex binary integers
2764@cindex integers, binary
2765A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2766the binary digits @samp{01}.
2767
2768@cindex octal integers
2769@cindex integers, octal
2770An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2771digits (@samp{01234567}).
2772
2773@cindex decimal integers
2774@cindex integers, decimal
2775A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2776more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2777
2778@cindex hexadecimal integers
2779@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2780A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2781more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2782
2783Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2784the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2785(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2786
2787@node Bignums
2788@subsubsection Bignums
2789
2790@cindex bignums
2791@cindex constants, bignum
2792A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2793except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2794represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2795integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2796
2797@node Flonums
2798@subsubsection Flonums
2799@cindex flonums
2800@cindex floating point numbers
2801@cindex constants, floating point
2802
2803@cindex precision, floating point
2804A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2805indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2806@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2807sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2808to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2809portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2810
2811A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2812@itemize @bullet
2813@item
2814The digit @samp{0}.
2815@ifset HPPA
2816(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2817@end ifset
2818
2819@item
a4fb0134 2820A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2821@ifset GENERIC
2822@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2823@ignore
2824@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2825(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
28264.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2827@end ignore
2828
7be1c489 2829On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2830and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2831one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2832
2833On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2834(in upper or lower case).
2835
2836On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2837one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2838
2839On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2840@end ifset
2841@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2842@ifset ARC
2843One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2844@end ifset
2845@ifset H8
2846One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2847@end ifset
2848@ifset HPPA
2849The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2850@end ifset
2851@ifset I960
2852One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2853@end ifset
2854@end ifclear
2855
2856@item
2857An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2858
2859@item
2860An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2861
2862@item
2863An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2864or more decimal digits.
2865
2866@item
2867An optional exponent, consisting of:
2868
2869@itemize @bullet
2870@item
2871An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2872@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2873@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2874@item
2875Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2876@item
2877One or more decimal digits.
2878@end itemize
2879
2880@end itemize
2881
2882At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2883present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2884
a4fb0134 2885@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2886independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2887@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2888
2889@ifclear GENERIC
2890@ifset I960
2891@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2892@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2893@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2894@node Bit Fields
2895@subsubsection Bit Fields
2896
2897@cindex bit fields
2898@cindex constants, bit field
2899You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2900Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2901@example
2902@var{mask}:@var{value}
2903@end example
2904@noindent
a4fb0134 2905@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2906@var{value}.
2907
2908The resulting number is then packed
2909@ifset GENERIC
2910@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2911(in host-dependent byte order)
2912@end ifset
2913into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2914bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2915requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2916more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2917least significant digits.@refill
2918
2919The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2920@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2921@end ifset
2922@end ifclear
2923
2924@node Sections
2925@chapter Sections and Relocation
2926@cindex sections
2927@cindex relocation
2928
2929@menu
2930* Secs Background:: Background
2931* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2932* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2933* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2934* bss:: bss Section
2935@end menu
2936
2937@node Secs Background
2938@section Background
2939
2940Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2941``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2942For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2943
2944@cindex linker, and assembler
2945@cindex assembler, and linker
2946The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2947combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2948emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2949@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2950different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2951oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2952sections.
2953
2954@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2955addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2956units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2957within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2958run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2959the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2960the proper run-time addresses.
2961@ifset H8
7be1c489 2962For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2963@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2964ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2965@end ifset
2966
2967@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2968An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2969of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2970@dfn{bss} sections.
2971
c1253627 2972@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2973@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2974When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2975@end ifset
a4fb0134 2976@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2977using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2978If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2979or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2980@end ifset
2981
2982@ifset HPPA
2983@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2984When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2985@end ifset
a4fb0134 2986@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2987specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2988@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2989(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2990assembler directives.
2991
2992@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2993Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2994text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2995is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2996BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2997@end ifset
2998@end ifset
2999
3000Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3001data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3002
3003@ifset HPPA
3004When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3005section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3006@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3007@end ifset
3008
3009To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3010relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3011object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3012@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3013file is mentioned:
3014@itemize @bullet
3015@item
3016Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3017an address?
3018@item
3019How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3020@item
3021Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3022@display
3023(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3024@end display
3025@item
3026Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3027@end itemize
3028
3029@cindex addresses, format of
3030@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3031In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3032@display
3033(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3034@end display
3035@noindent
a4fb0134 3036Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3037nature.
3038@ifset SOM
3039(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3040symbol-relative instead.)
3041@end ifset
3042
3043In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3044@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3045
3046Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3047@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3048addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3049@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3050@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3051data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3052their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3053part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3054address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3055
3056The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3057address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3058rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3059Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3060address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3061common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3062time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3063
3064By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3065the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3066sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3067customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3068the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3069data and bss sections.
3070
3071Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3072use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3073
3074@node Ld Sections
3075@section Linker Sections
3076@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3077
3078@table @strong
3079
c1253627 3080@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3081@cindex named sections
3082@cindex sections, named
3083@item named sections
3084@end ifset
3085@ifset aout-bout
3086@cindex text section
3087@cindex data section
3088@itemx text section
3089@itemx data section
3090@end ifset
a4fb0134 3091These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3092separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3093true of another.
3094@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3095When the program is running, however, it is
3096customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3097text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3098instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3099program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3100in the data section.
c1253627 3101@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3102
3103@cindex bss section
3104@item bss section
3105This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3106is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3107each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3108out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3109bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3110those explicit zeros from object files.
3111
3112@cindex absolute section
3113@item absolute section
3114Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3115This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3116not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3117addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3118
3119@cindex undefined section
3120@item undefined section
3121This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3122the preceding sections.
3123@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3124@end table
3125
3126@cindex relocation example
3127An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3128@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3129The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3130@end ifset
3131Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3132
3133@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3134@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3135@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3136@smallexample
3137 +-----+----+--+
3138partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3139 +-----+----+--+
3140
3141 text data bss
3142 seg. seg. seg.
3143
3144 +---+---+---+
3145partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3146 +---+---+---+
3147
3148 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3149linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3150 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3151
3152 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3153@end smallexample
3154@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3155@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3156@need 5000
3157@tex
c1253627 3158\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3159\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3160\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3161\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3162
3163\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3164\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3165\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3166
3167\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3168\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3169\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3170ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3171DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3172
3173\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3174\line{0\dots\hfil}
3175
3176@end tex
3177@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3178
3179@node As Sections
3180@section Assembler Internal Sections
3181
3182@cindex internal assembler sections
3183@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3184These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3185have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3186sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3187warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3188meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3189value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3190section-relative address.
3191
3192@table @b
3193@cindex assembler internal logic error
3194@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3195An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3196bug in the assembler.
3197
3198@cindex expr (internal section)
3199@item expr section
3200The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3201symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3202it in the expr section.
3203@c FIXME item debug
3204@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3205@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3206@c FIXME item register
3207@end table
3208
3209@node Sub-Sections
3210@section Sub-Sections
3211
3212@cindex numbered subsections
3213@cindex grouping data
3214@ifset aout-bout
3215Assembled bytes
c1253627 3216@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3217conventionally
3218@end ifset
3219fall into two sections: text and data.
3220@end ifset
3221You may have separate groups of
3222@ifset GENERIC
3223data in named sections
3224@end ifset
3225@ifclear GENERIC
3226@ifclear aout-bout
3227data in named sections
3228@end ifclear
3229@ifset aout-bout
3230text or data
3231@end ifset
3232@end ifclear
3233that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3234are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3235use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3236numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3237same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3238subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3239section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3240assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3241section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3242constants being output.
3243
3244Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3245goes in subsection number zero.
3246
3247@ifset GENERIC
3248Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3249(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3250of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3251@end ifset
3252@ifclear GENERIC
3253@ifset H8
7be1c489 3254On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3255boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3256The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3257@end ifset
3258@ifset I960
3259@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3260@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3261@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3262@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3263@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3264@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3265@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3266@end ifclear
3267
3268Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3269to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3270The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3271other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3272They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3273data subsections as a data section.
3274
3275To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3276into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3277@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3278@ifset COFF
252b5132 3279@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3280When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3281@end ifset
3282@ifclear GENERIC
3283You
3284@end ifclear
3285can also use an extra subsection
3286argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3287@var{expression}}.
3288@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3289@ifset ELF
3290@ifset GENERIC
3291When generating ELF output, you
3292@end ifset
3293@ifclear GENERIC
3294You
3295@end ifclear
3296can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3297to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3298@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3299@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3300(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3301is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3302begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3303@smallexample
3304.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3305.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3306.text 1
3307.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3308.data 0
3309.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3310.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3311.text 0
3312.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3313.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3314@end smallexample
3315
3316Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3317assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3318restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3319counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3320@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3321current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3322assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3323
3324@node bss
3325@section bss Section
3326
3327@cindex bss section
3328@cindex common variable storage
3329The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3330You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3331not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3332your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3333section are zeroed bytes.
3334
3335The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3336@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3337
3338The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3339another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3340
3341@ifset GENERIC
3342When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3343COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3344see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3345section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3346@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3347@end ifset
3348
3349@node Symbols
3350@chapter Symbols
3351
3352@cindex symbols
3353Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3354things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3355to debug.
3356
3357@quotation
3358@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3359@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3360the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3361@end quotation
3362
3363@menu
3364* Labels:: Labels
3365* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3366* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3367* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3368* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3369@end menu
3370
3371@node Labels
3372@section Labels
3373
3374@cindex labels
3375A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3376@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3377active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3378operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3379different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3380definitions.
3381
3382@ifset HPPA
3383On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3384colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3385a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3386provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3387@end ifset
3388
3389@node Setting Symbols
3390@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3391
3392@cindex assigning values to symbols
3393@cindex symbol values, assigning
3394A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3395by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3396(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3397directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3398equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3399@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3400
f8739b83
JZ
3401@ifset Blackfin
3402Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3403@end ifset
3404
252b5132
RH
3405@node Symbol Names
3406@section Symbol Names
3407
3408@cindex symbol names
3409@cindex names, symbol
3410@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3411Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3412machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3413noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3414string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3415particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3416@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3417@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3418@ifset H8
3419Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3420Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3421character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3422on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3423@end ifset
3424@end ifset
3425
3426Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3427than @code{Foo}.
3428
3429Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3430refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3431in a program.
3432
3433@subheading Local Symbol Names
3434
3435@cindex local symbol names
3436@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3437A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3438By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3439@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3440set of local label prefixes.
3441@ifset HPPA
3442On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3443@end ifset
3444
3445Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3446normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3447You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3448@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3449
3450@subheading Local Labels
3451
3452@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3453@cindex temporary symbol names
3454@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3455Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3456They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3457the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3458To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3459represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3460definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3461you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3462@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3463for ``forwards''.
3464
3465There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3466too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3467the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3468defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3469definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3470noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3471implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3472
3473Here is an example:
3474
3475@smallexample
34761: branch 1f
34772: branch 1b
34781: branch 2f
34792: branch 1b
3480@end smallexample
3481
3482Which is the equivalent of:
3483
3484@smallexample
3485label_1: branch label_3
3486label_2: branch label_1
3487label_3: branch label_4
3488label_4: branch label_3
3489@end smallexample
3490
ba83aca1 3491Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3492transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3493The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3494are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3495these parts:
252b5132
RH
3496
3497@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3498@item @emph{local label prefix}
3499All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3500Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3501that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3502used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3503@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3504object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3505you may use them in debugging.
3506
2d5aaba0
NC
3507@item @var{number}
3508This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3509label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3510
2d5aaba0
NC
3511@item @kbd{C-B}
3512This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3513of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3514
3515@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3516This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3517@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3518number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3519the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3520@end table
3521
ba83aca1
BW
3522So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3523the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3524
3525@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3526@cindex dollar local symbols
3527
3528@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3529dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3530soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3531region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3532scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3533the same local label.
3534
3535Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3536except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3537@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3538
3539They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3540names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3541to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3542@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3543
3544@node Dot
3545@section The Special Dot Symbol
3546
3547@cindex dot (symbol)
3548@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3549@cindex current address
3550@cindex location counter
3551The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3552@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3553.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3554Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3555directive.
252b5132 3556@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3557Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3558@samp{.space 4}.
3559@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3560
3561@node Symbol Attributes
3562@section Symbol Attributes
3563
3564@cindex symbol attributes
3565@cindex attributes, symbol
3566Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3567``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3568attributes.
3569@ifset INTERNALS
3570The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3571@end ifset
3572
a4fb0134 3573If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3574all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3575symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3576would want.
3577
3578@menu
3579* Symbol Value:: Value
3580* Symbol Type:: Type
3581@ifset aout-bout
3582@ifset GENERIC
3583* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3584@end ifset
3585@ifclear GENERIC
3586@ifclear BOUT
3587* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3588@end ifclear
3589@ifset BOUT
3590* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3591@end ifset
3592@end ifclear
3593@end ifset
3594@ifset COFF
3595* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3596@end ifset
3597@ifset SOM
3598* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3599@end ifset
3600@end menu
3601
3602@node Symbol Value
3603@subsection Value
3604
3605@cindex value of a symbol
3606@cindex symbol value
3607The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3608location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3609number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3610Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3611as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3612symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3613called absolute.
3614
3615The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
36160 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3617@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3618same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3619name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3620common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3621bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3622allocated storage.
3623
3624@node Symbol Type
3625@subsection Type
3626
3627@cindex type of a symbol
3628@cindex symbol type
3629The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3630information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3631(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3632format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3633
3634@ifset aout-bout
3635@ifclear GENERIC
3636@ifset BOUT
3637@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3638@c better if it were available outside examples.
3639@need 1000
3640@node a.out Symbols
3641@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3642
3643@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3644@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3645These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3646one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3647@code{b.out}.
3648
3649@end ifset
3650@ifclear BOUT
3651@node a.out Symbols
3652@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3653
3654@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3655@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3656
3657@end ifclear
3658@end ifclear
3659@ifset GENERIC
3660@node a.out Symbols
3661@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3662
3663@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3664@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3665
3666@end ifset
3667@menu
3668* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3669* Symbol Other:: Other
3670@end menu
3671
3672@node Symbol Desc
3673@subsubsection Descriptor
3674
3675@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3676This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3677descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3678(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3679@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3680
3681@node Symbol Other
3682@subsubsection Other
3683
3684@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3685This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3686@end ifset
3687
3688@ifset COFF
3689@node COFF Symbols
3690@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3691
3692@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3693@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3694
3695The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3696like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3697@code{.endef} directives.
3698
3699@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3700
3701@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3702The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3703respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3704
3705@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3706
3707@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3708The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3709@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3710table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3711@end ifset
3712
3713@ifset SOM
3714@node SOM Symbols
3715@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3716
3717@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3718@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3719
3720The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3721the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3722
01642c12 3723The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3724Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3725@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3726@end ifset
3727
3728@node Expressions
3729@chapter Expressions
3730
3731@cindex expressions
3732@cindex addresses
3733@cindex numeric values
3734An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3735Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3736
3737The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3738a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3739enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3740section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3741the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3742@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3743
3744@menu
3745* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3746* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3747@end menu
3748
3749@node Empty Exprs
3750@section Empty Expressions
3751
3752@cindex empty expressions
3753@cindex expressions, empty
3754An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3755Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3756expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3757is compatible with other assemblers.
3758
3759@node Integer Exprs
3760@section Integer Expressions
3761
3762@cindex integer expressions
3763@cindex expressions, integer
3764An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3765by @emph{operators}.
3766
3767@menu
3768* Arguments:: Arguments
3769* Operators:: Operators
3770* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3771* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3772@end menu
3773
3774@node Arguments
3775@subsection Arguments
3776
3777@cindex expression arguments
3778@cindex arguments in expressions
3779@cindex operands in expressions
3780@cindex arithmetic operands
3781@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3782contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3783this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3784the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3785expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3786instruction operands.
3787
3788Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3789@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3790or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3791integer.
3792
3793Numbers are usually integers.
3794
3795A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3796that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3797these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3798instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3799assemblers.
3800
3801@cindex subexpressions
3802Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3803expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3804operator followed by an argument.
3805
3806@node Operators
3807@subsection Operators
3808
3809@cindex operators, in expressions
3810@cindex arithmetic functions
3811@cindex functions, in expressions
3812@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3813operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3814between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3815whitespace.
3816
3817@node Prefix Ops
3818@subsection Prefix Operator
3819
3820@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3821@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3822one argument, which must be absolute.
3823
3824@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3825@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3826@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3827@tex
3828\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3829@end tex
3830
3831@table @code
3832@item -
3833@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3834@item ~
3835@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3836@end table
3837
3838@tex
3839\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3840@end tex
3841
3842@node Infix Ops
3843@subsection Infix Operators
3844
3845@cindex infix operators
3846@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3847@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3848have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3849to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3850absolute, and the result is absolute.
3851
3852@enumerate
3853@cindex operator precedence
3854@cindex precedence of operators
3855
3856@item
3857Highest Precedence
3858
3859@table @code
3860@item *
3861@dfn{Multiplication}.
3862
3863@item /
3864@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3865
3866@item %
3867@dfn{Remainder}.
3868
d1eac9d9 3869@item <<
252b5132
RH
3870@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3871
d1eac9d9 3872@item >>
252b5132
RH
3873@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3874@end table
3875
3876@item
3877Intermediate precedence
3878
3879@table @code
3880@item |
3881
3882@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3883
3884@item &
3885@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3886
3887@item ^
3888@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3889
3890@item !
3891@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3892@end table
3893
3894@item
b131d4dc 3895Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3896
3897@table @code
3898@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3899@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3900@cindex arguments for addition
3901@item +
3902@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3903the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3904sections.
3905
3906@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3907@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3908@cindex arguments for subtraction
3909@item -
3910@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3911result has the section of the left argument.
3912If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3913You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3914@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3915
3916@cindex comparison expressions
3917@cindex expressions, comparison
3918@item ==
3919@dfn{Is Equal To}
3920@item <>
723a8472 3921@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3922@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3923@item <
3924@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3925@item >
b131d4dc 3926@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3927@item >=
b131d4dc 3928@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3929@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3930@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3931
3932The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3933value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3934perform signed comparisons.
3935@end table
3936
3937@item Lowest Precedence
3938
3939@table @code
3940@item &&
3941@dfn{Logical And}.
3942
3943@item ||
3944@dfn{Logical Or}.
3945
3946These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3947expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3948value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3949or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3950
252b5132
RH
3951@end table
3952@end enumerate
3953
3954In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3955address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3956
3957@node Pseudo Ops
3958@chapter Assembler Directives
3959
3960@cindex directives, machine independent
3961@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3962@cindex machine independent directives
3963All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3964The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3965
3966This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3967target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3968@ifset GENERIC
3969Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3970@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3971@end ifset
3972@ifclear GENERIC
3973@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3974@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3975@end ifset
3976@end ifclear
3977
3978@menu
3979* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3980@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3981* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3982@end ifset
f0dc282c 3983
252b5132 3984* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3985* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3986* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3987* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3988* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3989* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3990* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3991* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3992* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3993@ifset COFF
3994* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3995@end ifset
3996@ifset aout-bout
3997* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3998@end ifset
3999@ifset COFF
4000* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4001@end ifset
f0dc282c 4002
252b5132
RH
4003* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4004* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4005* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4006* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4007* End:: @code{.end}
4008@ifset COFF
4009* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4010@end ifset
f0dc282c 4011
252b5132
RH
4012* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4013* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4014* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4015* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4016* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4017* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4018* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4019* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4020* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4021* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4022* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4023* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4024* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4025* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4026* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4027@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4028* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4029* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4030@end ifset
f0dc282c 4031
252b5132
RH
4032* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4033* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4034* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4035* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4036* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4037* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4038@ifset ELF
4039* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4040@end ifset
f0dc282c 4041
252b5132
RH
4042* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4043* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4044* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4045* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4046@ifclear no-line-dir
4047* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4048@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4049
252b5132
RH
4050* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4051* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4052* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4053* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4054* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4055@ifset ELF
4056* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4057@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4058
252b5132
RH
4059* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4060@ignore
4061* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4062@end ignore
f0dc282c 4063
252b5132
RH
4064* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4065* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4066* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4067* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4068* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
4069* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4070* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4071@ifset ELF
4072* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4073* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4074@end ifset
f0dc282c 4075
252b5132 4076* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4077@ifset ELF
4078* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4079@end ifset
f0dc282c 4080
252b5132
RH
4081* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4082* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4083@ifset ELF
4084* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4085@end ifset
f0dc282c 4086
252b5132 4087* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4088* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4089* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4090* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4091@ifset COFF
4092* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4093@end ifset
4094@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4095* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4096@end ifset
f0dc282c 4097
252b5132
RH
4098* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4099* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4100* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4101@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4102* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4103@end ifset
884f0d36 4104@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4105* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4106@end ifclear
4107
252b5132 4108* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4109@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4110* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4111@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4112@ifset have-stabs
4113* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4114@end ifset
f0dc282c 4115
38a57ae7 4116* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4117* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4118@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4119* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4120* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4121@end ifset
f0dc282c 4122
252b5132
RH
4123@ifset COFF
4124* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4125@end ifset
f0dc282c 4126
252b5132
RH
4127* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4128* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4129@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4130* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4131@end ifset
4132
c91d2e08 4133* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4134@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4135* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4136@end ifset
f0dc282c 4137
2e13b764 4138@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4139* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4140* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4141* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4142@end ifset
f0dc282c 4143
d190d046 4144* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4145* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4146* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4147* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4148* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4149@end menu
4150
4151@node Abort
4152@section @code{.abort}
4153
4154@cindex @code{abort} directive
4155@cindex stopping the assembly
4156This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4157compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4158assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4159of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4160quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4161
4162@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4163@node ABORT (COFF)
4164@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4165
4166@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4167When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4168synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4169
4170@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4171When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4172but ignores it.
4173@end ifset
4174@end ifset
4175
4176@node Align
4177@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4178
4179@cindex padding the location counter
4180@cindex @code{align} directive
4181Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4182boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4183required, as described below.
4184
4185The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4186padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4187padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4188marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4189with no-op instructions.
4190
4191The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4192it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4193directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4194specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4195fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4196required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4197with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4198
4199The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4200For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4201s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4202alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4203the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4204is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4205first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4206
9e9a9798 4207For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4208strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4209number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4210advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4211counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4212multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4213
4214This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4215native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4216GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4217described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4218architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4219
ccf8a69b
BW
4220@node Altmacro
4221@section @code{.altmacro}
4222Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4223
4224@ftable @code
4225@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4226One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4227generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4228replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4229replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4230separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4231define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4232
4233@item String delimiters
4234You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4235@code{"@var{string}"}:
4236
4237@table @code
4238@item '@var{string}'
4239You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4240
4241@item <@var{string}>
4242You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4243@end table
4244
4245@item single-character string escape
4246To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4247character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4248character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4249write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4250
4251@item Expression results as strings
4252You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4253and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4254@end ftable
4255
252b5132
RH
4256@node Ascii
4257@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4258
4259@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4260@cindex string literals
4261@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4262separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4263trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4264
4265@node Asciz
4266@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4267
4268@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4269@cindex zero-terminated strings
4270@cindex null-terminated strings
4271@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4272a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4273
4274@node Balign
4275@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4276
4277@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4278@cindex @code{balign} directive
4279Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4280storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4281alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4282the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4283is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4284
4285The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4286padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4287padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4288marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4289with no-op instructions.
4290
4291The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4292it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4293directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4294specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4295fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4296required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4297with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4298
4299@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4300@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4301The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4302@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4303pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4304fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
43054,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4306filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4307the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4308undefined.
4309
4310@node Byte
4311@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4312
4313@cindex @code{byte} directive
4314@cindex integers, one byte
4315@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4316Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4317
54cfded0 4318@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4319@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4320@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4321@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4322should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4323If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4324if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4325To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4326directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4327
4b7d318b 4328@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4329@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4330@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4331should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4332data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4333@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4334
01642c12 4335Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4336it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4337
54cfded0
AM
4338@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4339@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4340@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4341unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4342@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4343
9b8ae42e
JJ
4344@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4345@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4346@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4347should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4348argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4349a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4350the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4351can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4352The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4353no personality routine.
4354
4355@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4356@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4357@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4358should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4359argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4360or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4361no LSDA.
4362
54cfded0 4363@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4364@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4365address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4366
4367@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4368@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4369now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4370remains the same.
4371
4372@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4373@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4374remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4375absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4376CFA address.
4377
4378@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4379Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4380value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4381
4382@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4383Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4384CFA.
54cfded0 4385
17076204
RH
4386@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4387Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4388the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4389using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4390This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4391code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4392
4b7d318b
L
4393@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4394Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4395
4396@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4397@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4398same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4399instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4400
4401@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4402From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4403
4404@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4405Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4406i.e. no restoration needed.
4407
01642c12
RM
4408@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4409First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4410then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4411everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4412the previous saved state.
4413
4414@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4415Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4416directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4417
63752a75
JJ
4418@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4419Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4420
6749011b 4421@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4422SPARC register window has been saved.
4423
cdfbf930
RH
4424@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4425Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4426might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4427opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4428
f1c4cc75
RH
4429@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4430The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4431will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4432description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4433
4434The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4435limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4436mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4437by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4438or another register.
4439
ccf8a69b
BW
4440@node Comm
4441@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4442
ccf8a69b
BW
4443@cindex @code{comm} directive
4444@cindex symbol, common
4445@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4446common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4447of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4448definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4449allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4450absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4451the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4452using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4453
c1711530
DK
4454@ifset COFF-ELF
4455When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4456an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4457specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4458that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4459as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4460boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4461power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4462common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4463alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4464largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4465maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4466is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4467@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4468multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4469It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4470(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4471@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4472
ccf8a69b
BW
4473@ifset HPPA
4474The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4475@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4476@end ifset
07a53e5c 4477
252b5132
RH
4478@node Data
4479@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4480
4481@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4482@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4483end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4484absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4485to zero.
4486
4487@ifset COFF
4488@node Def
4489@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4490
4491@cindex @code{def} directive
4492@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4493@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4494Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4495definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4496@ifset BOUT
4497
a4fb0134 4498This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4499format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4500but ignored.
4501@end ifset
4502@end ifset
4503
4504@ifset aout-bout
4505@node Desc
4506@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4507
4508@cindex @code{desc} directive
4509@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4510@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4511This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4512to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4513
4514@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4515The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4516configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4517object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4518it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4519@end ifset
4520@end ifset
4521
4522@ifset COFF
4523@node Dim
4524@section @code{.dim}
4525
4526@cindex @code{dim} directive
4527@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4528@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4529This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4530information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4531@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4532@ifset BOUT
4533
4534@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4535@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4536ignores it.
4537@end ifset
4538@end ifset
4539
4540@node Double
4541@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4542
4543@cindex @code{double} directive
4544@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4545@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4546assembles floating point numbers.
4547@ifset GENERIC
4548The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4549@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4550@end ifset
4551@ifclear GENERIC
4552@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4553On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4554in @sc{ieee} format.
4555@end ifset
4556@end ifclear
4557
4558@node Eject
4559@section @code{.eject}
4560
4561@cindex @code{eject} directive
4562@cindex new page, in listings
4563@cindex page, in listings
4564@cindex listing control: new page
4565Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4566
4567@node Else
4568@section @code{.else}
4569
4570@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4571@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4572assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4573of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4574was false.
4575
3fd9f047
TW
4576@node Elseif
4577@section @code{.elseif}
4578
4579@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4580@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4581assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4582@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4583
252b5132
RH
4584@node End
4585@section @code{.end}
4586
4587@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4588@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4589process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4590
4591@ifset COFF
4592@node Endef
4593@section @code{.endef}
4594
4595@cindex @code{endef} directive
4596This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4597@code{.def}.
4598@ifset BOUT
4599
4600@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4601@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4602directive but ignores it.
4603@end ifset
4604@end ifset
4605
4606@node Endfunc
4607@section @code{.endfunc}
4608@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4609@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4610
4611@node Endif
4612@section @code{.endif}
4613
4614@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4615@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4616it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4617conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4618
4619@node Equ
4620@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4621
4622@cindex @code{equ} directive
4623@cindex assigning values to symbols
4624@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4625This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4626It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4627
4628@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4629The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4630@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4631@end ifset
4632
3c9b82ba 4633@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4634The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4635@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4636On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4637but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4638Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4639@end ifset
4640
252b5132
RH
4641@node Equiv
4642@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4643@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4644The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4645the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4646symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4647undefined.
252b5132 4648
01642c12 4649Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4650@smallexample
4651.ifdef SYM
4652.err
4653.endif
4654.equ SYM,VAL
4655@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4656plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4657
4658@node Eqv
4659@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4660@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4661The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4662evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4663the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4664value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4665
4666@node Err
4667@section @code{.err}
4668@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4669If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4670message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4671object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4672
d190d046
HPN
4673@node Error
4674@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4675@cindex error directive
4676
4677Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4678string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4679message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4680@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4681
4682@smallexample
4683 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4684@end smallexample
4685
252b5132
RH
4686@node Exitm
4687@section @code{.exitm}
4688Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4689
4690@node Extern
4691@section @code{.extern}
4692
4693@cindex @code{extern} directive
4694@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4695with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4696all undefined symbols as external.
4697
4698@node Fail
4699@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4700
4701@cindex @code{fail} directive
4702Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4703or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4704than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4705include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4706complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4707
252b5132 4708@node File
14082c76 4709@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4710@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4711
4712@ifclear no-file-dir
4713There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4714that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4715@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4716
4717@subheading Default Version
4718
252b5132
RH
4719@cindex logical file name
4720@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4721This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4722are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4723
4724@smallexample
4725.file @var{string}
4726@end smallexample
4727
4728@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4729recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4730to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4731statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4732old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4733
4734@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4735@end ifclear
4736
14082c76
BW
4737When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4738to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4739
4740@smallexample
4741.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4742@end smallexample
4743
4744The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4745index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4746literal.
4747
4748The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4749table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4750information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4751entries will have.
4752
252b5132
RH
4753@node Fill
4754@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4755
4756@cindex @code{fill} directive
4757@cindex writing patterns in memory
4758@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4759@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4760This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4761may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4762more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4763other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4764is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4765zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4766byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4767Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4768@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4769compatible with other people's assemblers.
4770
4771@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4772If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4773assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4774@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4775
4776@node Float
4777@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4778
4779@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4780@cindex @code{float} directive
4781This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4782has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4783@ifset GENERIC
4784The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4785@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4786@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4787@end ifset
4788@ifclear GENERIC
4789@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4790On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4791in @sc{ieee} format.
4792@end ifset
4793@end ifclear
4794
4795@node Func
4796@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4797@cindex @code{func} directive
4798@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4799is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4800Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4801@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4802prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4803@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4804All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4805The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4806
4807@node Global
4808@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4809
4810@cindex @code{global} directive
4811@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4812@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4813@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4814other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4815@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4816from another file linked into the same program.
4817
4818Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4819compatibility with other assemblers.
4820
4821@ifset HPPA
4822On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4823partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4824@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4825@end ifset
4826
c91d2e08 4827@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4828@node Gnu_attribute
4829@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4830Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4831
c91d2e08
NC
4832@node Hidden
4833@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4834
c1253627
NC
4835@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4836@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4837This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4838@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4839@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4840
4841This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4842their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4843@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4844Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4845@end ifset
4846
252b5132
RH
4847@node hword
4848@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4849
4850@cindex @code{hword} directive
4851@cindex integers, 16-bit
4852@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4853@cindex sixteen bit integers
4854This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4855a 16 bit number for each.
4856
4857@ifset GENERIC
4858This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4859architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4860@end ifset
4861@ifclear GENERIC
4862@ifset W32
4863This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4864@end ifset
4865@ifset W16
4866This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4867@end ifset
4868@end ifclear
4869
4870@node Ident
4871@section @code{.ident}
4872
4873@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4874
4875This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4876behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4877a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4878source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4879for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4880@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4881emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4882
4883@node If
4884@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4885
4886@cindex conditional assembly
4887@cindex @code{if} directive
4888@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4889considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4890(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4891the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4892(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4893alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4894If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4895nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4896
4897The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4898@table @code
4899@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4900@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4901Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4902has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4903is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4904
26aca5f6
JB
4905@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4906@item .ifb @var{text}
4907Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4908
252b5132
RH
4909@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4910@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4911Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4912strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4913the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4914end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4915string comparison is case sensitive.
4916
4917@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4918@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4919Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4920
4921@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4922@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4923Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4924
4925@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4926@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4927Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4928equal to zero.
4929
4930@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4931@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4932Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4933
4934@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4935@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4936Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4937to zero.
4938
4939@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4940@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4941Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4942
26aca5f6
JB
4943@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4944@item .ifnb @var{text}
4945Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4946following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4947
252b5132
RH
4948@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4949@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4950Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4951following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4952
4953@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4954@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4955@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4956@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4957Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4958has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4959which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4960
4961@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4962@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4963Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4964(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4965
4966@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4967@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4968Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4969following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4970@end table
4971
7e005732
NC
4972@node Incbin
4973@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4974
4975@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4976@cindex binary files, including
4977The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4978location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4979option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4980around @var{file}.
4981
4982The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4983@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4984read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4985responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4986after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4987
252b5132
RH
4988@node Include
4989@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4990
4991@cindex @code{include} directive
4992@cindex supporting files, including
4993@cindex files, including
4994This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4995points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4996if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4997included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4998can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4999(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5000around @var{file}.
5001
5002@node Int
5003@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5004
5005@cindex @code{int} directive
5006@cindex integers, 32-bit
5007Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5008For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5009expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5010of target the assembly is for.
5011
5012@ifclear GENERIC
5013@ifset H8
7be1c489 5014On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5015integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
501632-bit integers.
5017@end ifset
5018@end ifclear
5019
c91d2e08
NC
5020@ifset ELF
5021@node Internal
5022@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5023
c1253627
NC
5024@cindex @code{internal} directive
5025@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5026This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5027@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5028@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5029
5030This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5031their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5032@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5033(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5034processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5035@end ifset
5036
252b5132
RH
5037@node Irp
5038@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5039
5040@cindex @code{irp} directive
5041Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5042The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5043terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5044set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5045@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5046@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5047sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5048
5049For example, assembling
5050
5051@example
5052 .irp param,1,2,3
5053 move d\param,sp@@-
5054 .endr
5055@end example
5056
5057is equivalent to assembling
5058
5059@example
5060 move d1,sp@@-
5061 move d2,sp@@-
5062 move d3,sp@@-
5063@end example
5064
96e9638b 5065For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5066
252b5132
RH
5067@node Irpc
5068@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5069
5070@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5071Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5072The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5073terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5074@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5075assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5076assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5077@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5078
5079For example, assembling
5080
5081@example
5082 .irpc param,123
5083 move d\param,sp@@-
5084 .endr
5085@end example
5086
5087is equivalent to assembling
5088
5089@example
5090 move d1,sp@@-
5091 move d2,sp@@-
5092 move d3,sp@@-
5093@end example
5094
5e75c3ab
JB
5095For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5096at @xref{Macro}.
5097
252b5132
RH
5098@node Lcomm
5099@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5100
5101@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5102@cindex local common symbols
5103@cindex symbols, local common
5104Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5105denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5106those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5107section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5108is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5109not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5110
5111@ifset GENERIC
5112Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5113argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5114@end ifset
5115
5116@ifset HPPA
5117The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5118@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5119@end ifset
5120
5121@node Lflags
5122@section @code{.lflags}
5123
5124@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5125@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5126assemblers, but ignores it.
5127
5128@ifclear no-line-dir
5129@node Line
5130@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5131
5132@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5133@cindex logical line number
5134@ifset aout-bout
5135Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5136expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5137statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5138reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5139@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5140for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5141@end ifset
5142
252b5132 5143Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5144@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5145when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5146were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5147@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5148
5149Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5150used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5151debugging.
5152@end ifclear
5153
5154@node Linkonce
5155@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5156@cindex COMDAT
5157@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5158@cindex common sections
5159Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5160This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5161but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5162The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5163Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5164unique.
5165
5166This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5167writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5168Executable format used on Windows NT.
5169
5170The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5171following strings. For example:
5172@smallexample
5173.linkonce same_size
5174@end smallexample
5175Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5176
5177@table @code
5178@item discard
5179Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5180
5181@item one_only
5182Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5183
5184@item same_size
5185Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5186
5187@item same_contents
5188Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5189@end table
5190
ccf8a69b
BW
5191@node List
5192@section @code{.list}
5193
5194@cindex @code{list} directive
5195@cindex listing control, turning on
5196Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5197not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5198internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5199counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5200generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5201
5202By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5203@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5204the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5205
252b5132
RH
5206@node Ln
5207@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5208
5209@cindex @code{ln} directive
5210@ifclear no-line-dir
5211@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5212@end ifclear
5213@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5214Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5215must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5216line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5217statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5218line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5219@ifset BOUT
5220
a4fb0134 5221This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5222configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5223output format.
5224@end ifset
5225@end ifset
5226
ccf8a69b
BW
5227@node Loc
5228@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5229@cindex @code{loc} directive
5230When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5231the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5232number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5233instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5234arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5235the row is added.
252b5132 5236
ccf8a69b
BW
5237The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5238
5239@table @code
5240@item basic_block
5241This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5242@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5243
5244@item prologue_end
5245This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5246@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5247
5248@item epilogue_begin
5249This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5250@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5251
5252@item is_stmt @var{value}
5253This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5254@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5255either 0 or 1.
5256
5257@item isa @var{value}
5258This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5259state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5260
92846e72
CC
5261@item discriminator @var{value}
5262This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5263state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5264
ccf8a69b
BW
5265@end table
5266
5267@node Loc_mark_labels
5268@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5269@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5270When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5271the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5272to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5273register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5274The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5275this function respectively.
252b5132 5276
4d4175af
BW
5277@ifset ELF
5278@node Local
5279@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5280
5281@cindex @code{local} directive
5282This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5283the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5284will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5285they will be created.
5286
5287For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5288accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5289the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5290(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5291@end ifset
5292
252b5132
RH
5293@node Long
5294@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5295
5296@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5297@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5298
5299@ignore
5300@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5301@c what it really ought to do
5302@node Lsym
5303@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5304
5305@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5306@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5307@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5308the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5309rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5310the same as the expression value:
5311@smallexample
5312@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5313@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5314@var{value} = @var{expression}
5315@end smallexample
5316@noindent
5317The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5318@end ignore
5319
5320@node Macro
5321@section @code{.macro}
5322
5323@cindex macros
5324The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5325generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5326@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5327
5328@example
5329 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5330 .long \from
5331 .if \to-\from
5332 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5333 .endif
5334 .endm
5335@end example
5336
5337@noindent
5338With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5339
5340@example
5341 .long 0
5342 .long 1
5343 .long 2
5344 .long 3
5345 .long 4
5346 .long 5
5347@end example
5348
5349@ftable @code
5350@item .macro @var{macname}
5351@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5352@cindex @code{macro} directive
5353Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5354definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5355separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5356indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5357@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5358(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5359macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5360cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5361subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5362definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5363
5364@table @code
5365@item .macro comm
5366Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5367arguments.
5368
6258339f 5369@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5370@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5371Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5372which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5373@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5374
5375@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5376Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5377arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5378After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5379@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5380@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5381,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5382@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5383
6eaeac8a
JB
5384@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5385Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5386arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5387not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5388will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5389
252b5132
RH
5390When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5391position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5392@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5393
6258339f
NC
5394@end table
5395
5e75c3ab
JB
5396Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5397as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5398occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5399characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5400(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5401architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5402character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5403replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5404construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5405identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5406this macro definition:
5407
5408@example
5409 .macro label l
5410\l:
5411 .endm
5412@end example
5413
5414might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5415called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5416assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5417identifier.
5418
5419Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5420which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5421for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5422length specifier like this:
5423
5424@example
5425 .macro opcode base length
5426 \base.\length
5427 .endm
5428@end example
5429
5430and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5431instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5432interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5433
5434There are several possible ways around this problem:
5435
5436@table @code
5437@item Insert white space
5438If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5439solution. eg:
5440
5441@example
5442 .macro label l
5443\l :
5444 .endm
5445@end example
5446
5447@item Use @samp{\()}
5448The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5449the following text. eg:
5450
5451@example
5452 .macro opcode base length
5453 \base\().\length
5454 .endm
5455@end example
5456
5457@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5458In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5459used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5460
5461@example
5462 .altmacro
5463 .macro label l
5464l&:
5465 .endm
5466@end example
6258339f 5467@end table
5e75c3ab 5468
96e9638b 5469Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5470also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5471and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5472
252b5132
RH
5473@item .endm
5474@cindex @code{endm} directive
5475Mark the end of a macro definition.
5476
5477@item .exitm
5478@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5479Exit early from the current macro definition.
5480
5481@cindex number of macros executed
5482@cindex macros, count executed
5483@item \@@
a4fb0134 5484@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5485executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5486output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5487
252b5132
RH
5488@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5489@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5490macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5491@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5492@end ftable
252b5132 5493
ccf8a69b
BW
5494@node MRI
5495@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5496
ccf8a69b
BW
5497@cindex @code{mri} directive
5498@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5499If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5500@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5501affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5502of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5503
caa32fe5
NC
5504@node Noaltmacro
5505@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5506Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5507
252b5132
RH
5508@node Nolist
5509@section @code{.nolist}
5510
5511@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5512@cindex listing control, turning off
5513Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5514not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5515internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5516counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5517generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5518
5519@node Octa
5520@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5521
5522@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5523@cindex @code{octa} directive
5524@cindex integer, 16-byte
5525@cindex sixteen byte integer
5526This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5527bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5528
5529The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5530hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5531
5532@node Org
5533@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5534
5535@cindex @code{org} directive
5536@cindex location counter, advancing
5537@cindex advancing location counter
5538@cindex current address, advancing
5539Advance the location counter of the current section to
5540@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5541expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5542you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5543wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5544with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5545@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5546is the same as the current subsection.
5547
5548@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5549unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5550backwards.
5551
5552@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5553@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5554@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5555Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5556may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5557a chance to share your improved assembler.
5558
5559Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5560to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5561people's assemblers.
5562
5563When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5564intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5565absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5566@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5567
5568@node P2align
5569@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5570
5571@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5572@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5573Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5574storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5575number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5576advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5577counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5578multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5579
5580The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5581padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5582padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5583marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5584with no-op instructions.
5585
5586The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5587it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5588directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5589specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5590fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5591required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5592with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5593
5594@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5595@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5596The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5597@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5598pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5599fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
56002,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5601filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5602the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5603undefined.
5604
ccf8a69b
BW
5605@ifset ELF
5606@node PopSection
5607@section @code{.popsection}
5608
5609@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5610@cindex Section Stack
5611This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5612@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5613@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5614(@pxref{Previous}).
5615
5616This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5617section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5618stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5619@end ifset
5620
c91d2e08
NC
5621@ifset ELF
5622@node Previous
5623@section @code{.previous}
5624
c1253627 5625@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5626@cindex Section Stack
5627This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5628@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5629@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5630(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5631
5632This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5633referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5634@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5635subsections). For example:
5636
5637@smallexample
5638.section A
5639 .subsection 1
5640 .word 0x1234
5641 .subsection 2
5642 .word 0x5678
5643.previous
5644 .word 0x9abc
5645@end smallexample
5646
5647Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5648section A. Whilst:
5649
5650@smallexample
5651.section A
5652.subsection 1
5653 # Now in section A subsection 1
5654 .word 0x1234
5655.section B
5656.subsection 0
5657 # Now in section B subsection 0
5658 .word 0x5678
5659.subsection 1
5660 # Now in section B subsection 1
5661 .word 0x9abc
5662.previous
5663 # Now in section B subsection 0
5664 .word 0xdef0
5665@end smallexample
5666
5667Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5668section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5669
5670In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5671the top section on the section stack.
5672@end ifset
5673
252b5132
RH
5674@node Print
5675@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5676
5677@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5678@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5679assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5680
c91d2e08
NC
5681@ifset ELF
5682@node Protected
5683@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5684
c1253627
NC
5685@cindex @code{protected} directive
5686@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5687This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5688@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5689
5690This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5691their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5692@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5693components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5694component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5695this.
c91d2e08
NC
5696@end ifset
5697
252b5132
RH
5698@node Psize
5699@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5700
5701@cindex @code{psize} directive
5702@cindex listing control: paper size
5703@cindex paper size, for listings
5704Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5705number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5706
5707If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5708of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5709default width is 200 columns.
5710
a4fb0134 5711@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5712lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5713@code{.eject}).
5714
5715If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5716those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5717
5718@node Purgem
5719@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5720
5721@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5722Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5723expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5724
c91d2e08
NC
5725@ifset ELF
5726@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5727@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5728
c1253627 5729@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5730@cindex Section Stack
5731This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5732@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5733@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5734(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5735
e9863d7f
DJ
5736This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5737top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5738subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5739@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5740as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5741@end ifset
5742
252b5132
RH
5743@node Quad
5744@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5745
5746@cindex @code{quad} directive
5747@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5748each bignum, it emits
5749@ifclear bignum-16
5750an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5751warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5752@cindex eight-byte integer
5753@cindex integer, 8-byte
5754
5755The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5756hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5757@end ifclear
5758@ifset bignum-16
5759a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5760warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5761@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5762@cindex integer, 16-byte
5763@end ifset
5764
05e9452c
AM
5765@node Reloc
5766@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5767
5768@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5769Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5770@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5771the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5772symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5773@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5774absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5775targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5776relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5777section.
5778
252b5132
RH
5779@node Rept
5780@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5781
5782@cindex @code{rept} directive
5783Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5784@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5785
5786For example, assembling
5787
5788@example
5789 .rept 3
5790 .long 0
5791 .endr
5792@end example
5793
5794is equivalent to assembling
5795
5796@example
5797 .long 0
5798 .long 0
5799 .long 0
5800@end example
5801
5802@node Sbttl
5803@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5804
5805@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5806@cindex subtitles for listings
5807@cindex listing control: subtitle
5808Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5809title line) when generating assembly listings.
5810
5811This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5812it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5813
5814@ifset COFF
5815@node Scl
5816@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5817
5818@cindex @code{scl} directive
5819@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5820@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5821Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5822used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5823whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5824symbolic debugging information.
5825@ifset BOUT
5826
5827The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5828configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5829accepts this directive but ignores it.
5830@end ifset
5831@end ifset
5832
c1253627 5833@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5834@node Section
c1253627 5835@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5836
252b5132
RH
5837@cindex named section
5838Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5839named @var{name}.
5840
5841This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5842named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5843with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5844
c1253627
NC
5845@ifset COFF
5846@ifset ELF
5847@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5848@subheading COFF Version
5849@end ifset
5850
5851@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5852For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5853ways:
c91d2e08 5854
252b5132
RH
5855@smallexample
5856.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5857.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5858@end smallexample
5859
5860If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5861section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5862@table @code
5863@item b
5864bss section (uninitialized data)
5865@item n
5866section is not loaded
5867@item w
5868writable section
5869@item d
5870data section
5871@item r
5872read-only section
5873@item x
5874executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5875@item s
5876shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5877@item a
5878ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5879@item y
5880section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5881@item 0-9
5882single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5883@end table
5884
5885If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5886the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5887loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5888from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5889will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5890
5891If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5892taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5893@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5894
5895@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5896@ifset COFF
5897@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5898@subheading ELF Version
5899@end ifset
5900
c91d2e08
NC
5901@cindex Section Stack
5902This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5903@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5904(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5905@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5906
c1253627 5907@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5908For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5909
252b5132 5910@smallexample
7047dd1e 5911.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5912@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5913
252b5132 5914The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5915combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5916@table @code
5917@item a
5918section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
5919@item e
5920section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
5921@item w
5922section is writable
5923@item x
5924section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5925@item M
5926section is mergeable
5927@item S
5928section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5929@item G
5930section is a member of a section group
5931@item T
5932section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
5933@item ?
5934section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
5935@end table
5936
5937The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5938@table @code
5939@item @@progbits
5940section contains data
5941@item @@nobits
5942section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5943@item @@note
5944section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5945@item @@init_array
5946section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5947@item @@fini_array
5948section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5949@item @@preinit_array
5950section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5951@end table
5952
10b016c2
PB
5953Many targets only support the first three section types.
5954
ececec60
NC
5955Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5956ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5957@code{%} character.
5958
22fe14ad 5959If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5960be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5961
5962@smallexample
5963.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5964@end smallexample
5965
5966Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5967constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5968@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5969@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5970the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5971absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5972which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5973@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5974@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5975
5976If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5977be present along with an additional field like this:
5978
5979@smallexample
5980.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5981@end smallexample
5982
5983The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5984particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5985@table @code
5986@item comdat
5987indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5988@item .gnu.linkonce
5989an alias for comdat
5990@end table
5991
96e9638b 5992Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5993the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5994
5995@smallexample
5996.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5997@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5998
01642c12
RM
5999If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6000@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6001present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6002this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6003@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6004If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6005
252b5132
RH
6006If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6007the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6008none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6009executable. The section will contain data.
6010
6011For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6012directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6013
252b5132
RH
6014@smallexample
6015.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6016@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6017
252b5132
RH
6018Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6019separated flags:
6020@table @code
6021@item #alloc
6022section is allocatable
6023@item #write
6024section is writable
6025@item #execinstr
6026section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6027@item #exclude
6028section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6029@item #tls
6030section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6031@end table
c91d2e08 6032
e9863d7f
DJ
6033This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6034contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6035some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6036work.
c1253627
NC
6037@end ifset
6038@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6039
6040@node Set
6041@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6042
6043@cindex @code{set} directive
6044@cindex symbol value, setting
6045Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6046changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6047@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6048flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6049
6050You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6051
6052If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6053file is the last value stored into it.
6054
3c9b82ba
NC
6055@ifset Z80
6056On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6057@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6058@end ifset
6059
252b5132
RH
6060@node Short
6061@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6062
6063@cindex @code{short} directive
6064@ifset GENERIC
6065@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6066@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6067
6068In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6069numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6070@end ifset
6071@ifclear GENERIC
6072@ifset W16
6073@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6074@end ifset
6075@ifset W32
6076This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6077a 16 bit number for each.
6078@end ifset
6079@end ifclear
6080
6081@node Single
6082@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6083
6084@cindex @code{single} directive
6085@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6086This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6087has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6088@ifset GENERIC
6089The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6090@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6091@end ifset
6092@ifclear GENERIC
6093@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6094On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6095numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6096@end ifset
6097@end ifclear
6098
c1253627 6099@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6100@node Size
c1253627 6101@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6102
c1253627
NC
6103This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6104
6105@ifset COFF
6106@ifset ELF
6107@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6108@subheading COFF Version
6109@end ifset
6110
6111@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6112For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6113@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6114
6115@smallexample
6116.size @var{expression}
6117@end smallexample
252b5132 6118
c91d2e08 6119@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6120@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6121@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6122ignores it.
6123@end ifset
c1253627 6124@end ifset
c91d2e08 6125
c1253627
NC
6126@ifset ELF
6127@ifset COFF
6128@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6129@subheading ELF Version
6130@end ifset
6131
6132@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6133For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6134
c1253627
NC
6135@smallexample
6136.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6137@end smallexample
6138
6139This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6140The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6141arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6142symbols.
c1253627
NC
6143@end ifset
6144@end ifset
252b5132 6145
252b5132
RH
6146@ifclear no-space-dir
6147@node Skip
6148@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6149
6150@cindex @code{skip} directive
6151@cindex filling memory
6152This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6153@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6154@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6155@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6156@end ifclear
252b5132 6157
ccf8a69b
BW
6158@node Sleb128
6159@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6160
6161@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6162@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6163compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6164symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6165
884f0d36 6166@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6167@node Space
6168@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6169
6170@cindex @code{space} directive
6171@cindex filling memory
6172This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6173@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6174and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6175as @samp{.skip}.
6176
6177@ifset HPPA
6178@quotation
6179@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6180targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6181Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6182@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6183for a summary.
6184@end quotation
6185@end ifset
6186@end ifclear
6187
252b5132
RH
6188@ifset have-stabs
6189@node Stab
6190@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6191
6192@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6193@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6194There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6195All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6196The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6197cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6198Up to five fields are required:
6199
6200@table @var
6201@item string
6202This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6203@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6204debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6205using this field.
6206
6207@item type
6208An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6209this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6210and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6211
6212@item other
6213An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6214low 8 bits of this expression.
6215
6216@item desc
6217An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6218bits of this expression.
6219
6220@item value
6221An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6222@end table
6223
6224If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6225or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6226you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6227compatible with earlier assemblers!
6228
6229@table @code
6230@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6231@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6232
6233The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6234It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6235null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6236strings.
6237
6238The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6239relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6240is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6241assembled.
6242
6243@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6244@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6245The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6246
6247@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6248@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6249All five fields are specified.
6250@end table
6251@end ifset
6252@c end have-stabs
6253
6254@node String
38a57ae7 6255@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6256"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6257
6258@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6259@cindex string8, copying to object file
6260@cindex string16, copying to object file
6261@cindex string32, copying to object file
6262@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6263@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6264@cindex @code{string8} directive
6265@cindex @code{string16} directive
6266@cindex @code{string32} directive
6267@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6268
6269Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6270one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6271particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6272You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6273
01642c12 6274The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6275the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6276copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6277are stored in target endianness byte order.
6278
6279Example:
6280@smallexample
6281 .string32 "BYE"
6282expands to:
6283 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6284 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6285@end smallexample
6286
6287
252b5132
RH
6288@node Struct
6289@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6290
6291@cindex @code{struct} directive
6292Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6293which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6294@smallexample
6295 .struct 0
6296field1:
6297 .struct field1 + 4
6298field2:
6299 .struct field2 + 4
6300field3:
6301@end smallexample
6302This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6303@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6304value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6305use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6306before further assembly.
6307
c91d2e08
NC
6308@ifset ELF
6309@node SubSection
6310@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6311
c1253627 6312@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6313@cindex Section Stack
6314This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6315@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6316@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6317(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6318
6319This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6320section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6321in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6322@end ifset
6323
252b5132
RH
6324@ifset ELF
6325@node Symver
6326@section @code{.symver}
6327@cindex @code{symver} directive
6328@cindex symbol versioning
6329@cindex versions of symbols
6330Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6331within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6332typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6333There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6334into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6335shared library.
6336
79082ff0 6337For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6338@smallexample
6339.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6340@end smallexample
339681c0 6341If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6342being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6343alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6344just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6345permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6346of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6347itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6348have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6349file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6350function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6351the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6352building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6353symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6354nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6355
6356If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6357references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6358reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6359symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6360
6361Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6362@smallexample
6363.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6364@end smallexample
6365In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6366the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6367difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6368references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6369
6370The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6371@smallexample
6372.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6373@end smallexample
6374When @var{name} is not defined within the
6375file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6376@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6377name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6378@end ifset
6379
6380@ifset COFF
6381@node Tag
6382@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6383
6384@cindex COFF structure debugging
6385@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6386@cindex @code{tag} directive
6387This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6388information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6389@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6390definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6391@ifset BOUT
6392
6393@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6394@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6395ignores it.
6396@end ifset
6397@end ifset
6398
6399@node Text
6400@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6401
6402@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6403Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6404the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6405expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6406is used.
6407
6408@node Title
6409@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6410
6411@cindex @code{title} directive
6412@cindex listing control: title line
6413Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6414source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6415
6416This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6417it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6418
c1253627 6419@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6420@node Type
c1253627
NC
6421@section @code{.type}
6422
6423This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6424
6425@ifset COFF
6426@ifset ELF
6427@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6428@subheading COFF Version
6429@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6430
6431@cindex COFF symbol type
6432@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6433@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6434For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6435@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6436
6437@smallexample
6438.type @var{int}
6439@end smallexample
6440
6441This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6442entry.
252b5132 6443
c91d2e08 6444@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6445@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6446@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6447directive but ignores it.
6448@end ifset
c1253627 6449@end ifset
c91d2e08 6450
c1253627
NC
6451@ifset ELF
6452@ifset COFF
6453@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6454@subheading ELF Version
6455@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6456
6457@cindex ELF symbol type
6458@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6459@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6460For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6461
6462@smallexample
6463.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6464@end smallexample
6465
6466This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6467function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6468supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6469compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6470
6471Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6472@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6473below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6474the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6475maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6476assemblers.
6477
6478The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6479
6480@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6481 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6482 .type <name>,#<type>
6483 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6484 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6485 .type <name>,"<type>"
6486@end smallexample
6487
6488The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6489
5671778d
NC
6490@table @gcctabopt
6491@item STT_FUNC
6492@itemx function
6493Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6494
d8045f23
NC
6495@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6496@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6497Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
6498processing. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6499
5671778d
NC
6500@item STT_OBJECT
6501@itemx object
6502Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6503
6504@item STT_TLS
6505@itemx tls_object
6506Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6507
6508@item STT_COMMON
6509@itemx common
6510Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6511
6512@item STT_NOTYPE
6513@itemx notype
6514Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6515
3e7a7d11
NC
6516@item gnu_unique_object
6517Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6518will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
6519name and type in use. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6520
5671778d
NC
6521@end table
6522
6523Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6524
c1253627
NC
6525@end ifset
6526@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6527
6528@node Uleb128
6529@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6530
6531@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6532@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6533compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6534symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6535
6536@ifset COFF
6537@node Val
6538@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6539
6540@cindex @code{val} directive
6541@cindex COFF value attribute
6542@cindex value attribute, COFF
6543This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6544records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6545entry.
6546@ifset BOUT
6547
a4fb0134 6548@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6549configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6550@end ifset
6551@end ifset
6552
2e13b764 6553@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6554@node Version
6555@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6556
c1253627 6557@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6558This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6559formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6560@end ifset
2e13b764 6561
c91d2e08
NC
6562@ifset ELF
6563@node VTableEntry
6564@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6565
653cfe85 6566@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6567This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6568@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6569
c91d2e08
NC
6570@node VTableInherit
6571@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6572
653cfe85 6573@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6574This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6575@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6576parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6577parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6578@end ifset
2e13b764 6579
d190d046
HPN
6580@node Warning
6581@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6582@cindex warning directive
6583Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6584(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6585
c91d2e08
NC
6586@node Weak
6587@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6588
c1253627 6589@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6590This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6591@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6592
01642c12 6593On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6594directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6595@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6596
977cdf5a 6597On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6598When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6599alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6600
06e77878
AO
6601@node Weakref
6602@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6603
6604@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6605This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6606be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6607If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6608will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6609symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6610
6611The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6612assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6613symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6614resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6615had the references to the alias removed.
6616
6617The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6618within the assembler.
6619
252b5132
RH
6620@node Word
6621@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6622
6623@cindex @code{word} directive
6624This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6625separated by commas.
6626@ifclear GENERIC
6627@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6628For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6629@end ifset
6630@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6631For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6632@end ifset
6633@end ifclear
6634@ifset GENERIC
6635
6636The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6637depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6638@end ifset
6639
6640@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6641@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6642@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6643@cindex difference tables altered
6644@cindex altered difference tables
6645@quotation
6646@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6647@end quotation
6648
6649@ifset GENERIC
6650Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6651addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6652interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6653@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6654
6655@end ifset
6656In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6657@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6658Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6659compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6660directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6661@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6662creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6663This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6664first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6665of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6666table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6667contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6668@code{sym2}.
6669
6670If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6671secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6672@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6673long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6674and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6675minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6676entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6677
6678@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6679@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6680@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6681assembly language programmers.
6682@end ifset
6683@end ifset
6684@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6685
6686@node Deprecated
6687@section Deprecated Directives
6688
6689@cindex deprecated directives
6690@cindex obsolescent directives
6691One day these directives won't work.
6692They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6693@table @t
6694@item .abort
6695@item .line
6696@end table
6697
3a99f02f
DJ
6698@ifset ELF
6699@node Object Attributes
6700@chapter Object Attributes
6701@cindex object attributes
6702
6703@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6704into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6705Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6706point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6707requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6708passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6709hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6710generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6711newer generation at run-time.
6712
6713This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6714@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6715time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6716correctly.
6717
6718Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6719attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6720string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6721and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6722or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6723attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6724
6725Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6726The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6727
6728@menu
6729* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6730* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6731@end menu
6732
6733@node GNU Object Attributes
6734@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6735
6736The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6737with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6738
6739Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6740its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6741an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
67422} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6743architecture-dependent ones.
6744
6745@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6746
6747These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6748
6749@table @r
6750@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6751The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6752the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6753then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6754than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6755arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6756@end table
6757
6758@subsection MIPS Attributes
6759
6760@table @r
6761@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6762The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6763
6764@itemize @bullet
6765@item
67660 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6767@item
67681 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6769FPU.
6770@item
67712 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6772@item
67733 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6774@item
67754 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6776double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6777purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6778@end itemize
6779@end table
6780
6781@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6782
6783@table @r
6784@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6785The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6786
6787@itemize @bullet
6788@item
67890 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6790@item
3c7b9897 67911 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6792@item
67932 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6794@item
67953 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6796@end itemize
6797
6798@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6799The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6800
6801@itemize @bullet
6802@item
68030 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6804@item
68051 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6806@item
68072 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6808@item
68093 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6810@end itemize
6811@end table
6812
6813@node Defining New Object Attributes
6814@section Defining New Object Attributes
6815
6816If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6817will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6818mailing list.
6819
6820@itemize @bullet
6821@item
6822This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6823@item
6824The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6825@item
6826The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6827and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6828@item
6829Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6830@item
6831@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6832@item
6833GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6834@end itemize
6835
6836@end ifset
6837
252b5132
RH
6838@ifset GENERIC
6839@node Machine Dependencies
6840@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6841
6842@cindex machine dependencies
6843The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6844each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6845vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6846directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6847assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6848@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6849optimization.
6850
6851This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6852include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6853subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6854
6855@menu
625e1353
RH
6856@ifset ALPHA
6857* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6858@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6859@ifset ARC
6860* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6861@end ifset
6862@ifset ARM
6863* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6864@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6865@ifset AVR
6866* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6867@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6868@ifset Blackfin
6869* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6870@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6871@ifset CR16
6872* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6873@end ifset
8bf549a8 6874@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6875* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6876@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6877@ifset D10V
6878* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6879@end ifset
6880@ifset D30V
6881* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6882@end ifset
6883@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6884* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6885@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6886@ifset HPPA
6887* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6888@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6889@ifset I370
6890* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6891@end ifset
252b5132 6892@ifset I80386
55b62671 6893* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6894@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6895@ifset I860
6896* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6897@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6898@ifset I960
6899* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6900@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6901@ifset IA64
6902* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6903@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6904@ifset IP2K
6905* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6906@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6907@ifset LM32
6908* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6909@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6910@ifset M32C
6911* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6912@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6913@ifset M32R
6914* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6915@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6916@ifset M680X0
6917* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6918@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6919@ifset M68HC11
6920* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6921@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6922@ifset MICROBLAZE
6923* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6924@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6925@ifset MIPS
6926* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6927@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6928@ifset MMIX
6929* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6930@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6931@ifset MSP430
6932* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6933@end ifset
252b5132 6934@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6935* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6936* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6937@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6938@ifset PDP11
6939* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6940@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6941@ifset PJ
6942* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6943@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6944@ifset PPC
6945* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6946@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
6947@ifset RX
6948* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
6949@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6950@ifset S390
6951* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6952@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6953@ifset SCORE
6954* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6955@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6956@ifset SPARC
6957* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6958@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6959@ifset TIC54X
6960* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6961@end ifset
40b36596
JM
6962@ifset TIC6X
6963* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
6964@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6965@ifset V850
6966* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6967@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6968@ifset XTENSA
6969* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6970@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6971@ifset Z80
6972* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6973@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6974@ifset Z8000
6975* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6976@end ifset
6977@ifset VAX
6978* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6979@end ifset
6980@end menu
6981
6982@lowersections
6983@end ifset
6984
6985@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6986@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6987@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6988@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6989@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6990@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6991@c in both conditional blocks.
6992
625e1353
RH
6993@ifset ALPHA
6994@include c-alpha.texi
6995@end ifset
6996
6997@ifset ARC
6998@include c-arc.texi
6999@end ifset
7000
252b5132
RH
7001@ifset ARM
7002@include c-arm.texi
7003@end ifset
7004
8473f7a4
DC
7005@ifset AVR
7006@include c-avr.texi
7007@end ifset
7008
3b4e1885 7009@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7010@include c-bfin.texi
7011@end ifset
7012
3d3d428f
NC
7013@ifset CR16
7014@include c-cr16.texi
7015@end ifset
7016
328eb32e
HPN
7017@ifset CRIS
7018@include c-cris.texi
7019@end ifset
7020
c2dcd04e 7021@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7022@ifclear GENERIC
7023@node Machine Dependencies
7024@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7025
c2dcd04e 7026The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7027and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7028chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7029family.
7030
7031@menu
c2dcd04e 7032* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7033* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7034@end menu
7035@lowersections
7036@end ifclear
7037@end ifset
7038
7039@ifset D10V
7040@include c-d10v.texi
7041@end ifset
7042
7043@ifset D30V
7044@include c-d30v.texi
7045@end ifset
7046
7047@ifset H8/300
7048@include c-h8300.texi
7049@end ifset
7050
252b5132
RH
7051@ifset HPPA
7052@include c-hppa.texi
7053@end ifset
7054
5b93d8bb
AM
7055@ifset I370
7056@include c-i370.texi
7057@end ifset
7058
252b5132
RH
7059@ifset I80386
7060@include c-i386.texi
7061@end ifset
7062
e3308d0d
JE
7063@ifset I860
7064@include c-i860.texi
7065@end ifset
7066
252b5132
RH
7067@ifset I960
7068@include c-i960.texi
7069@end ifset
7070
9e32ca89
NC
7071@ifset IA64
7072@include c-ia64.texi
7073@end ifset
7074
a40cbfa3
NC
7075@ifset IP2K
7076@include c-ip2k.texi
7077@end ifset
7078
84e94c90
NC
7079@ifset LM32
7080@include c-lm32.texi
7081@end ifset
7082
49f58d10
JB
7083@ifset M32C
7084@include c-m32c.texi
7085@end ifset
7086
ec694b89
NC
7087@ifset M32R
7088@include c-m32r.texi
7089@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7090
7091@ifset M680X0
7092@include c-m68k.texi
7093@end ifset
7094
60bcf0fa
NC
7095@ifset M68HC11
7096@include c-m68hc11.texi
7097@end ifset
7098
01642c12 7099@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7100@include c-microblaze.texi
7101@end ifset
7102
252b5132
RH
7103@ifset MIPS
7104@include c-mips.texi
7105@end ifset
7106
3c3bdf30
NC
7107@ifset MMIX
7108@include c-mmix.texi
7109@end ifset
7110
2469cfa2
NC
7111@ifset MSP430
7112@include c-msp430.texi
7113@end ifset
7114
252b5132
RH
7115@ifset NS32K
7116@include c-ns32k.texi
7117@end ifset
7118
e135f41b
NC
7119@ifset PDP11
7120@include c-pdp11.texi
7121@end ifset
7122
041dd5a9
ILT
7123@ifset PJ
7124@include c-pj.texi
7125@end ifset
7126
418c1742
MG
7127@ifset PPC
7128@include c-ppc.texi
7129@end ifset
7130
046d31c2
NC
7131@ifset RX
7132@include c-rx.texi
7133@end ifset
7134
11c19e16
MS
7135@ifset S390
7136@include c-s390.texi
7137@end ifset
7138
c0157db4
NC
7139@ifset SCORE
7140@include c-score.texi
7141@end ifset
7142
252b5132
RH
7143@ifset SH
7144@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7145@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7146@end ifset
7147
7148@ifset SPARC
7149@include c-sparc.texi
7150@end ifset
7151
39bec121
TW
7152@ifset TIC54X
7153@include c-tic54x.texi
7154@end ifset
7155
40b36596
JM
7156@ifset TIC6X
7157@include c-tic6x.texi
7158@end ifset
7159
3c9b82ba
NC
7160@ifset Z80
7161@include c-z80.texi
7162@end ifset
7163
252b5132
RH
7164@ifset Z8000
7165@include c-z8k.texi
7166@end ifset
7167
7168@ifset VAX
7169@include c-vax.texi
7170@end ifset
7171
7172@ifset V850
7173@include c-v850.texi
7174@end ifset
7175
e0001a05
NC
7176@ifset XTENSA
7177@include c-xtensa.texi
7178@end ifset
7179
252b5132
RH
7180@ifset GENERIC
7181@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7182@raisesections
7183@end ifset
7184
7185@node Reporting Bugs
7186@chapter Reporting Bugs
7187@cindex bugs in assembler
7188@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7189
a4fb0134 7190Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7191
7192Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7193not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7194entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7195Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7196
7197In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7198information that enables us to fix the bug.
7199
7200@menu
7201* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7202* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7203@end menu
7204
7205@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7206@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7207@cindex bug criteria
7208
7209If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7210
7211@itemize @bullet
7212@cindex fatal signal
7213@cindex assembler crash
7214@cindex crash of assembler
7215@item
7216If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7217@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7218
7219@cindex error on valid input
7220@item
a4fb0134 7221If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7222
7223@cindex invalid input
7224@item
a4fb0134 7225If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7226is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7227be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7228
7229@item
7230If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7231of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7232@end itemize
7233
7234@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7235@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7236@cindex bug reports
7237@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7238
7239A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7240you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7241contact that organization first.
7242
7243You can find contact information for many support companies and
7244individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7245distribution.
7246
ad22bfe8 7247@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7248In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7249to @value{BUGURL}.
7250@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7251
7252The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7253@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7254fact or leave it out, state it!
7255
7256Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7257and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7258name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7259not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7260happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7261perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7262the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7263give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7264and the most helpful.
7265
7266Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7267it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7268that the bug has not been reported previously.
7269
7270Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7271bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7272respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7273You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7274
7275To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7276
7277@itemize @bullet
7278@item
a4fb0134 7279The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7280it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7281
7282Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7283the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7284
7285@item
a4fb0134 7286Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7287
7288@item
7289The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7290version number.
7291
7292@item
a4fb0134 7293What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7294``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7295
7296@item
7297The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7298observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7299all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7300
7301If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7302and then we might not encounter the bug.
7303
7304@item
7305A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7306the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7307high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7308when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7309the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7310file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7311@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7312
7313@item
7314A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7315incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7316
a4fb0134 7317Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7318will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7319notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7320make a mistake.
7321
7322Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7323explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7324@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7325library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7326would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7327would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7328expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7329observations.
7330
7331@item
a4fb0134 7332If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7333diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7334option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7335discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7336by line number.
7337
7338The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7339sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7340@end itemize
7341
7342Here are some things that are not necessary:
7343
7344@itemize @bullet
7345@item
7346A description of the envelope of the bug.
7347
7348Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7349which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7350changes will not affect it.
7351
7352This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7353will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7354with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7355We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7356
7357Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7358of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7359output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7360less time, and so on.
7361
7362However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7363report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7364
7365@item
7366A patch for the bug.
7367
7368A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7369the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7370a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7371to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7372
a4fb0134 7373Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7374construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7375the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7376one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7377
7378And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7379patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7380help us to understand.
7381
7382@item
7383A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7384
7385Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7386things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7387@end itemize
7388
7389@node Acknowledgements
7390@chapter Acknowledgements
7391
653cfe85 7392If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7393it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7394maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7395@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7396the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7397
7398Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7399more details?}
7400
7401Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7402information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7403extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7404
7405K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7406many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7407up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7408testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7409including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7410and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7411support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7412port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7413file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7414assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7415
7416Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7417in format-specific I/O modules.
7418
7419The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7420has done much work with it since.
7421
7422The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7423
7424Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7425
7426The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7427University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7428
7429Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7430(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7431(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7432support a.out format.
7433
7be1c489
AM
7434Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7435tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7436Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7437use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7438targets.
7439
7440John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7441simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7442updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7443fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7444remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7445cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7446required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7447
7448Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
744968k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7450added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7451PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7452
653cfe85 7453Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7454
7455Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7456
7457Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7458along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7459formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7460the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7461
7462Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7463Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7464Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7465Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7466and some initial 64-bit support).
7467
c1253627 7468Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7469
252b5132
RH
7470Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7471support for openVMS/Alpha.
7472
39bec121
TW
7473Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7474flavors.
7475
e0001a05 7476David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7477Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7478
252b5132
RH
7479Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7480configuration enhancements.
7481
84e94c90
NC
7482Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7483
252b5132
RH
7484Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7485you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7486want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7487intentionally leaving anyone out.
7488
793c5807
NC
7489@node GNU Free Documentation License
7490@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7491@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7492
370b66a1
CD
7493@node AS Index
7494@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7495
7496@printindex cp
7497
252b5132
RH
7498@bye
7499@c Local Variables:
7500@c fill-column: 79
7501@c End:
This page took 0.929609 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.